Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 220

T R U B N E R S CO LLE CT I O N

s

M P LI F IE D G RA MM A R S
0 1’ T HE P RI NCI PAL

A S I ATI C AN D E U R O P E AN L AN G U A G E S .

ED I TED BY

E
R I N HOL D R O S T , LL D . PH D. .

I X .

O TTO M A N T URK I S H .

BY J . W . E
R D H OUS E .
TRUBNER S COLLECT

I ON OF SI MPLI FIED GRAMMARS OF THE
PRINCIPAL ASIATIC AND EUROPEAN LANGUAGES .

ED IT ED BY R I N HOL E D ROST, LL D . .
,
PH D . .

I V
R R
.

H IND USTAN I , PE RSI AN M ODE N G EE K


M D RT
.
,

AN D A A BI C R .
BY E . . G EL A , MA .

BY TH E LA TE P rice 2 3 6 d . .

E . H . P
A E RLM , M A . .
VI .

P rice 5 3 .
R OU M A N I A N .

BY R . TO R C E AN U .

II .
P r i ce 5 3 .

H UN G AR I AN .

VII
I S I N GER
.

BY
TIBETAN
. .

P rice 43 6 d . .

BY H . A JA s c H K E
. .

III .

BAS Q UE .
VI I I .

BY W VAN EY s D AN I SH
TTE
.
. .

P r ice 38 6 d
BY E . C O
. .

. .

P r ce i 38 6 d . .

IV .

I X
M AL AGASY .
OTTOM AN TURKI SH
D H OUS E
.

BY G . W NP AB K E B . BY J . W . RE .

P rice 5 3 . P rice 103 6 d . .

G ra mmars f t h e f o ll o w ing
in p rep a r a tio n
o a re

Alb an ese, A n glo-S ax o n , A s s yri an , B o hem ian , B u gar ian B u rme s e , l ,

Ch ines e , Cy mr ic an d G ae ic, D u tc h , E gyp t ian , F in nis h , H e b re w , l


K u rdish, M
al ay, P aI i, P o ish , R u s s ian , S an s k r it , S erb ian , S i amese ,
l
S ingh a ese, S wedish , & c , & c , & c l
O NDON DG T H I LL
. . .

L : T RI I BN E R CO .
, LU A E .
A

SI MPLI FI ED GRAMMAR

OF TH E

OTTOMAN TURKI SH LANGUAGE -


.

J . W . R E D H OU S E ,
H ON . K EM BE R OF TH E R O Y AL S O C I E TY OF L I T E RA T U R E .

L ON D ON

TRU BNER CO .
, L U D G ATE HI LL .

1884 .

[ A ll r ig i d: r es erve d ]
L ONDON
G I LB E R T AN D B I V I N G T O N , L I M I TD
E

T O OD
,

S . J H NS

S Q U ARE , C LE B K E N W ELL R A .
TA B L E OF CON TE N T S .

Pr e fac e
N ot e on I d e ntity of A lphab e ts

C HA PT E R I .

L E TT ERS AND OR T H O GR A P H Y .

S EC T ION I . N umber , O rd e r Forms and


, , N am e s of

L et ters

S ynopsi s Of A r abic , G r eek , an d L atin

L et te rs

Phonetic V a lues of L ett e rs , V ow e l -


Points ,

O r t hographic S ig n s , Translit e ration ,

Ott o man E upho n y

CHA P TE R I I .

O TT O M A N A CC I DEN C E .

S EC T ION I . N ouns S ubs t antiv e

I I N ouns A djectiv e
.

III . N umer als

I V . Pronou n s
TA B L E OF C O N T EN T S .

SECT I ON V . D e monstrativ e s

V I I n t e rrogati v es
.

V II . Rel a tive Pron ou n s


VI I I D e riv at io n
. Of Ve rbs
(T able
)
IX . C o nju gatio n O f V erbs M oods ; Tenses
P articipl e s ; Ve rb a l N o u ns ; G e r u n ds

X . N umbers an d Person s
XI C omplex C ategori e s Ver bs
'

. Of

X II Firs t . C o m plex C ategory

XI I I . S econd

X I V Third .

XV . C ombi ned (Tu r ki sh ) C o nj ug atio n

XV I . N eg a t iv e an d I mp o t e n t ial C o njug at io n s

XV II . D ubita t i v e , Po t e n t ial and Facile


, V erbs

XV III . V erb S ubs t an t i v e

V erbs O i P r ese n ce a n d A bs e nce E xiste n ce


'

XI X .
,

and N o n E xiste n ce
-

XX . C o m pou n d V erbs
XX I . I n t errog ati v e V erbs ; Interro ga t io n
XX II . A dverbi al E x pressio n s

XX II I Preposi t io n s .

XX IV . C o nj unc t ions

XXV I n t e rj ec t ions
.
TAB L E OF CON T E N T S .

C H A PT E R II I .

THE O TT O M A N S YN TA X .

I ON
PAG E

S EC T I . C on v e rs a t ion al brevi t y — Pr e cision i n


.

w r iting
II . Sy n tax o f S ubst an t iv es

III . A djec t ives

IV . N umera ls

V . Pronou n s
VI . Ve rbs
V II . the P articip l e
V III . the V erb al N ou n s and I n fini t ive
IX . th e G eru n ds

X . t he A dverb

XI . t h e Preposi t io n
X II . th e C o nj u n c t ion

X III . th e I nte rj e ction


A d de n dum , on suppress e d letter }
Ind e x
E RRATA .

C)

VIII . . V erb IX . C onj ugation ,


p . 100

a dd : (S e e p 7 3 .
, l .

IO :
1 0 1 1

fo r t ab la . rea d
P REFACE .

THE O ttoman L an gu ag e , Air b u s Os mAnlij a, is the mos t


highly polish e d b ranc h Of t he gr e at T u rkish tongue which ,

i s spoken w ith dial e ctic variations across th e whol e breadth


, , ,

n early Of , th e middle region of the con tin e n t Of A s ia ,

impingi n g into E urop e , e v e n in the O ttom an prov inc e s an d


, ,

also in, S outh e rn R u ssia ,


up to th e fronti e rs Of th e Old

k ingdom of Pol and .

The O ttoma
n l anguag e is i n i ts grammar and voc ab ul ary
, ,

fu nd am e ntally Turk ish . I t has howev e r , ,


a dopt e d and con ,

t in u e s more an d mor e to adopt ,


as r e quired ,
a vast number
of A rabic ,Persian and for e ign words (G re e k
, ,
A rm e nian ,

S la v onic H ungarian Itali an French E n glish


, , , , ,
togeth e r
with the us e of a few of the grammatical rules Of th e A r abi c

an d Persian wh ich are giv e n as Turkish rules in


,
th e following
p ages t h e ir origin b e ing i n e ach case sp e cifi e d
,
.

The great Turk ish l angu age é ) ; , t fi rkj é , O ttom an and non
O ttoman ,
h as been cl ass e d by E urope a n w r i t e rs as o ne o f th e

agglutinative lan guag e s 5 not in fl e c tin g its words bu t ,
X P RE F A CE .

gluei n g on, as i t w e re p articles


, ,
which were once in

dependent words , t o th e r oot words -
,
and t hu s fo r mi n g all

th e g r a mmat ic al an d de r i v a t i v e d e sinences in use .


To my m i n d this term agglu t in a t ive
, an d i t s defi n i t io n
, ,

are i n applic able to the Turk ish l an gu age in ge n e ral , an d to


the O ttom an Tu r k ish in particul ar . These are e sse n t i ally,

an d mo s t t r uly ,
in fl e xio n al t ongues ; n on e Of their in fl e x io n s
“ ”
e v er having b ee n i nd e pendent words , b u t modifying p ar
t ic l e s o n ly .

Th e disti nctive ch aracter f O a ll t he Turkish l an gu age s ,


or

dialects is that th e root Of a whol e family how e ver numerous


, , ,

of infi e x io n s an d d e riva t io n s is always recog n iz able at sight


, ,

s e ldom any modific at io n wh ate v er lw ay s stan d


'

s u fi e rin g ,
an d a

ing at the head Of the in fl e x io n s or deri v atio n s howeve r ,

complex i n ch aracte r these may be . W hen a modific ation


O f a root word -
do e s t ake place i t i s al w ays ,
of th e si mplest
k ind , always the softeni n g f a h ard O or s h ar p co n so n a n t i n to
the correspondi n g more liqui d l e tter ,
an d a lways Of the fi n al
co n so n an t On ly Of the root . Thus a , w or lo sometimes
b e co mes a a, a
L5
becomes a a sharp A rabic e) becomes a
a ,

soft Persian e) , o r t he O ttoma n modific a tio n Of this latt e r ,

which i s the n pro n ou n ced like our most us e ful conson ant y,

o r, in cas e Of a domin ant o or u vo w el in th e root i s , p ro

n o u n ce d lik e our consonant w .


P RE F A CE . xi

The O t toman Turkish mor e vowel sounds (e l e v e n in


h as -

n umb e r) than an
y oth er tongue known to m e A s e ach O f .

t hese may h av e a shor t an d a lo n g modi fic atio n they make ,

t we n ty two poss ible vowels in


- al l. E v ery o ne of th e s e i s
disti n guish e d by a speci al mark in t he tra nslit e ra t ions f th e O
prese n t tre atise though i t is impossible to
,
a tt empt an
y such
d iffe r entiation in the A rab ic characters to which th e O ttom an
l an gu age is wedde d .

T he rul e s Of euphony regul ate th e pro n u n ci at ion Of e very


word in the O ttoman lan gu age ; perfectly ,
in al l O f Tu rk ish
o r igi n ; and as far as i s p r actic ab le ,
in w h a t i s r adic ally
fo re ign .

A l t hough a com pou n d word is a t hi n g tot ally u n k n own to


the Turkish di alec t s ,
an d O f very r are occurre n ce in A r abic ,

t he Ot to man lan gu age abou n ds with such ,


a dopted from t he
A r ya n , co mp u n di n g
o P ersi a n .

P ersi a n grammari ans an d wri t ers firs t le ar nt ho w to mould


i nto a h ar mo n ious whole t he i n co n g r u ous A ry a n Pe r si a n an d

S e mi t ic A r abic ele me n ts . Ott o man i n ge n uity h as go n e a


s t ep fur t her , an d ble n ded i n o ne n oble speech t he t h re e
co n fl ic t i n g ele me nts Of t he A ry an , S em i t ic an d Tu rani a n
cla sses o f v oc able s .

F aul t is fou n d by som e wi t h t h is i n ter mix ture f idioms ; O


xii P RE F A CE .

but an E ngl ishman , of all the world will kno w , h ow to ap p re

ciat e a cle v e r mosaic of diction ; and a r e al studen t Of th e


la n guage will l earn to admir e m any a tru e b e au t y r e sulting ,

from a m asterly h andling Of th e m at e ri als at hi s comm and ,

by an
y fi rs t - r a te O tto man lit e r ary celebri t y wh e ther prose ,

wri t er or poet .

N O p
—Th e man u sc ri t o f th e re s en t sk e tch G rammar w s com l e te d
TE p a p
p
.

b e f r Chri tma 1882 an d OOp ie s o f my t b l f identi l h b t h ve b e n


s, a e o c a a e s a

f f
o e s , e

in th e h d o f fe w ri n d f r t h e l s t
an s a r r fi y rs I h v j t
e s o a ou o ve ea a e us

p p
.

h ad t h l e re n d rivil g Of r ad ing t h e d mir bl e a d xh tive


as u a e e e a a n e au s

p
e

tr t i e
ea

s T h e Al h b t
on

by t h e R I c T yl r an d am r j i d to
a e , ev. s aa a o e o ce
,

fi n d th t h e h a co me t o t h e me c o n cl i n a t t h e id tity f t h e
s sa us o s o en o

p p p
a

th e ; r b ably at n rl ie r d t th n t h e t ime erh t w e t y y r s g


a ea a e a a s n

f f f
re o , ea a o,

w h n th id b g n t r e it e l n my min d I till l i lin d


ea e a o o c s o s ee nc

f p
e e . e ,

h w e v r t h ol d by t h in e r e th at t h e P h e i ian s g e th l h b t
e o e enc n c av e a a e

p
o ,

t o I t ly q it e i d e n d tly o f t h e G re e k act io n w h ich l t e r on d


a ,
u n e en b tl e ly a ou ss

i fl e n d th I t l i n
n u ce l t re e a a cu u .

L ON ON D ,

S ep te mber, 1883 . J . W . R .
C HAP TE R I .

THE L E T T ERS AND OR T H O GRA P HY .

S EC T I ON I . T he N u mber , Or d er, F o rms , a nd N a mes of th e

L e t t er s .

T HERE ar e thirty -
o ne distinct letters u s e d i n th e O ttoman
l an gu ag e . S om e of th e s e hav e more than o ne v al u e ; and
four of th e m ar e som e tim e s conson ants sometim e s vow e ls ,
.

Th e re i s also a combination of two l e tte rs i n to one character ,

l or
B N 1a which A rabian piety has agreed to count as a
, ,

letter an d which Persi a n an d T u rkish conformity has h ad n o


,

Op t ion but to adop t . T hirty - tw o lett e rs have there for e to, ,

b e nam e d and e numerat e d as follows ,

l él if h é, pé c .» té Cb S A im
j , ch im h it k h i,
t
, g A;
6
,
G C
, , , ,

d il l , 3 z l e ,
r i, z h e,
u
» s ln,
u
: sh in , u
" S i d,
u
a dad,

lo t i, ls i,
'

é yn , gityn , q fé df “) k i f lAm, mlm,


z
t E , L; q , L , J '
l
e
,

0 n un, w Ov , a h e, I !I Am é llf, (5 -
y .

The foregoing is th e ordi n ar y ar ran geme n t Of th e lette rs of

t he Ott oma n alphabe t ,


as le arnt an d rep e at e d by childre n ;
B
2 T
O T O M A N T U RK I SH GR A MM A R .

exc e pting th at t hey are not at fi r s t taught to m e ntion or to ,

know e i t h e r of t he t hr ee Persi an le tt e r s
, , L
3 p é , ch l m, a n d
G g

j zh é, w hich ar e not contained i n t he A rabic a lph abe t their ,

sou n ds and values b e ing unknown t o ,


an d u n pro n ou nc e abl e
by an , A rab . It i s c all e d th e l if h é e -
, A: J l ie . .
, th e al
p h a b et ;

an d it might b e con v eni e ntly s t yled the r


f ms a lp h a b e t by o ,

l e tt e rs Of th e sam e form b e ing brought toge t h e r i n i t mor e ,

or less .

T her e i s anot h e r v e ry di ffer en t ord e r n e c e ss ary to be l e arn t


of th e tw e nty nin e - A rabic let t ers . I t is c all e d é bj é d, ml ,

and is arranged in eight conven t ional words , as follows


0 O I ”

z
0,

;
1

é bj é d, h evw fiz, » h dt ti , U J k é lé mfin, afit s


J al
d z s ,

£5 3 3
q t ras h a, 33 arb i s z, SOL; dfizét glla

.

The l et t e rs Of th e A rabic alph abe t as arranged in ,


t his
é bj é d s e ri e s hav e e ach a num e rical v alu e
, . The first nin e in
o rd e r r e pr e s e nt th e nin e u n i ts ,
1 to 9 ; th e second nin e stan d
for th e t e ns also i n ord e r
, , 10 to 9 0 t h e t hird n i n e count as

th e hundr e ds s e rially , , 100 to 900 ; the tw e nty e igh t h in th e -

seri e s s t ands fo r 1000 ; and th e last Y, though always


,

8
:
,

enumera te d ,
h as no valu e of its o w n, b u t cou n t s as the su m

of th e valu e s of two com pon e n ts J it s , 30, l 1; i . e .


,
as 31 .

This syst e m app e ars to hav e bee n in us e in very e arly


t im e s ind ee d . T h e ord e r of t he le t t e rs i n i t is that Of the
H e br e w alphab e t , as far as this go e s ; that i s as fa r as t he ,
C 1 1

2
wi t h whic h the

end of th e sixth w ord q é rfis h é t , W } ,
H eb ew
r
T H E L E TT E RS AND T
O R H O GR A P H Y . 3

alph ab e t termi n ates . Th e l e tt e rs of the t wo last words


(omitting now all considera t ion of th e fa ctitious N) are

S e m i t ic inv e n tio n s o f a comparati v ely mod e rn dat e an d ar e ,

modifications by m e ans , Of do t s Of l et t e rs undotted or do t t e d


, , ,

repres e n t ed in th e H ebr e w alphabet . Thus , c. is modi fie d


from c is from 3 from A,
U
s from
u
p , 15 from lo an d
C
, ’ ,
C
fro m This may b e called the nu me ra l a lp ha b et
a a
. .

circu m stanc e that inv e sts this é bj é d arrange men t wi t h a


A

E urop e an an t iquarian i n te r e st f the v e ry highest order is O ,

t he fa ct that it prov e s b eyond t h e remot e st shadow


, of a
doub t the unity
, O f origin Of th e
(usually tak e
S emitic
n t o

b e Ph e nicia n but ,
I im agi n e it to b e m u ch mor e anci e nt th an
M os e s , or even A brah am ), th e G r ee k , an d t h e L atin alph abe t s .

Not only can the now div e rg e n t forms of e ach separat e l ette r
in t h e s e ri e s b e trac e d t hrough succ e ssive modific ations b ack
to o ne anci e nt Ph e nici an ch aract e r but th e ord e r ,
of the
whol e s e ries from l to c: i s absolut e ly id e n tical in th e

A rabic (H e brew ,
Ph e nician ) , G r e ek , an d L atin alphabe t s ,

as t h e following synopsis shows . An additional proo f i s


fur n ish e d by th e id e ntity the num e ral valu e s o f the l et ters
of

in t he A rabic and G r ee k alph ab e ts —a method tot ally n u ,

k nown to th e L atins , w ho mu st hav e had a m e thod Of t hei r


o w n, probably E trusc an , b e for e t h ey rec e ive d t h e ir alphab e t
dir e ct from t he Ph e nicians quit e ind e p e nd e ntly O f the
, G r ee ks ,

an d
q uit e as early .
4 O TT O M A N T U RK SH GR A MM AR I .

A rab ic . G re e k . N um . L at in . A rab ic . G ree k . N um . L ati n .

1 A 1 A 0 70 0
g
B 2 B I] 80 P
P 3 C 0 90
G U
A A 4 D
a E 5 E

a 6 F 100 Q 90 Q
Z 7 G 2 00 P 100 R
C H 8 H 300 2 2 00 S
19 O 9 4 00 T 300 T
L; I 10 I c) . 5 00 T 4 00 U
69 K 20 K C 6 00 (I ) 5 00 V

J A 30 L 3 7 00 x 6 00 x
M 40 M u
h 800 I
‘’
7 00

u 50 N t 9 00 O 800 Z
60 1000 a 900
w
8 1

T he app arent d isc re pancies a n d v ac an cies occu rr i n g o n


compa r ison o f t h e t h r e e a lph abe t s an d t h e series f n u merals O ,

ar e in re ali t y addi t ion a l proofs f t heir absolu t e ide n t it v O .

Th e two first let t ers c all fo r no rem ark t hough i t is know n ,

to schol ars t h at t he G reek B has been degraded in R u maic


in t o a V a n d t h e s o c alled modern G reek man i s u n able t o
,
-

pronou n ce a 6 wri t in g i t when necess ary


,
Thi s com , ,
a 7r.
,

bi na t io n in G reek words he reads a nd pro n ou n ces as though


i t we r e wri tt en 3 u,
,
.

1 The He br ew s yt s e m is id e n t ic a l w ith t h e A rab ic as far as it s a l ph b t a e

go e s h u s : p 100
T 1 2 00, w 300 n 400; b y d th i
e on s t h e w or ds are

f
.
, ,

w ritt e n in ll T h is u . in c i de n t is a c on d e mn t ion
a Of th e G re e k s v s te m fo r
t h e h igh e r n mb e r s u .
6 T
O TOMAN T U RK I SH GR MM A A R .

i mpo rt a nce . The A r bs O f to d y ha v i


a - a ,
n g no 7) lett e r or

sound in their l an gu age wri t e the n am e , Of He r M jes t ya t he


Q ee n E m p re ss , F zk to rzya
’ ’

u - .

AS t he G re e k phonetic v alue Of Z ex actly correspo n ds to


t he S em i t ic
power of ) their numeral v alue being ide n tical , ,

and t h e for m Of th e L atin G b e i n g m e r e ly a modifica t ion ,

on e i s t e mp t ed to imagin e th at origin ally th e L atin pow e r


of thi s letter w as soft g, our j p e rh aps even our
,
z . C ertain
i t is th a t i n som e di al e cts of Itali an a z is u s e d in words
where a soft 9 is foun d in oth e r di alects .

Th e G r ee k s mad e th e S e mitic lo into th e ir 6 th e L atins ,

h av in g no such sound discarded ,


th e lett e r .

T h e S e mitic 5 b e ing both a consonant l ik e our , y ,


an d also
a long vow e l , i, i t follow e d as a matter ,
of cours e th a t bot h
,

G reek s and L a t ins should mak e i t in t o th e vowel i . B ut th e


L atins p re ser v e d its conso n an t al u s e also as an ini t i al ; though
th e y forgo t or nev e r r e aliz e d t h a t it is a con sonant in t hat
, ,

posi t ion W e now u s e a y to e x pre ss th at v alue ; but t h e


.

G er ma n s h a v e adopted the L at in modification j t o r e pr e s e nt


it .Thre e w e ster n l e tt e rs , i, j , y, ar e now u s e d for th e o n e
S e m i t ic L5

Th e n e xt four let t ers r e q uir e no comm e nt bu t th e S emitic

u
)
. Of th e e ast e rn A rabs is not a good parall e l for th e G re ek

Th e H e br e w l e tter D, th at holds its plac e i n t h e


a lph abet i s t h e e q uival e nt
,
of the A rabic
u
p , an d the weste rn
M o rocco Ol fi l

A rabs Of transpose th e U
.) and u
" i n t h e ir as l i
T HE L E TT ERS AN D O R T H O GR A P HY . 7

alphabet m ak ing th e fift h word


, U
AA
'

M ,
th e l e tter U
5 being
the exact e q uivalent Of th e H e br ew 3 in plac e an d in pow e r .

Th e u
a i s a b e tter repr e s e ntativ e of E: than th e »
u ,
bu t
t h e two sounds ar e still v e ry r e mote from o ne anoth e r .

I should b e inclin e d to sugg e st th at wh e n t he G re e k alphab et


w as formed the , S e mitic U : held the place a ft erwards tak e n
by th e u
” and th e The G re e k E: is an a ttempt to
repres e nt our v alu e sh , as is se e n i n the n am e Xe rx e s ,
o f

O
which th e ld Persi an w as Khs h a rs ha . The L atins dropp e d
this l e tt e r which e v e r it r e ally w as
,
.

Th e conv e rsion Of S e m itic co n sonan tal into G r e ek an d


L a t in vow e l o is not u nnatural This l e t te r is absolut e ly
a
.

unpronounc e able by any oth e r than a S e mitic . It is a kind


O f convulsion i n the thro at ; and as th e two aspira te s w e r e
convert e d into vow e ls , so was this guttur al . This was SO

much th e mor e to be ex p e cted as th e , S em itic l e tter l which ,

b e c am e G r e ek and L atin a, is a lso a g u ttural consonant ,

serving lik e wis e as a long vow e l on occasions . It is the


soft guttural of which th e is th e hard parall e l ; and an 0
,
C
may we ll b e look e d u pon as a hard a .

Wh at th e A rabians us e as f ; is r e ad i n H ebr e w, as i n
G r e ek and L atin , p . E v en t he A rabi an s , when they h av e
to e xpr e ss a foreign l e tt e r , p ,
which they can n ot prono unc e ,

writ e an d pronounc e it f Th e next l e


as att e r b,
U
o r as ,
0

or 0 5 is dropp e d in both G reek an d L at in I t app e ars n e v e r


, .

to hav e b ee n u s e d in G r ee k e v e n as a n um e ral ; di ffe ring in


,
8 T
O T O M A N T U RK SH GR A MM A R I .

that resp e ct from th e 1


Wh e n this l at t er w as dropp e d as a

lette r ,
it w as ret ai n e d modifi e d as a
, ,
n um e ral . B ut t he
omitt e d l e tt e r if
becam e th e num e ral 2, repres e nting
900 inste ad Of 90 .

From this omission Of th e u


" from i ts prop e r pl ac e i n t h e
G reek nu me ral s , a S l ip Of th e whole s ubs e quent s e ries bec ame
n e cessary ,
so that e ach le tt e r from , L ; Q , Q onwards had a
, ,

higher num e ral valu e by o ne d e gr e e in the S emitic th an i t s


repr e s e ntativ e had in G r e ek ; L 5 standing for 100, while 0

h as th e valu e Of 90 only ; J
repr e s e nts 2 00, w h il e P s t ands
for 100 only &c . This S lip is very re markabl e ; it was filled
up furth e r on by g 9 00 .


A lt h ough th e s ix a ddition al ”
l e t t ers Of the S e mi t ic and
G r e ek a lph ab e ts h av e n o r e l ation to e ach o t h e r as re
p re

s e n t at iv e s Of sound th e ir num e ric al valu e goes


,
on e x ac t ly
in th e sam e order observ e d in thos e Of th e original s e ries ,

and with th e same S lip u p to r e pre s e nti n g 1000, while


8 3 a

i s o n ly 900 . O n the oth e r hand how e v e r t h e thre e , , G r e ek

addit io nals, v, (
p , x, are e vidently t h e origin als in for m Of th e
L atin u, v ,
x, an d th e S emitic la is possibly th e origin al Of the
L a t in Z . This l e tt e r i s usu ally attribute d by anci e nt an d ,

mod e rn authors to t he , G r e ek C, w hic h it c e rtainly agr ee s


with in S h ap e t hough not in sound
,
.

Th e forms Of th e A rabic and Persian O t toman lett e rs giv e n


a bov e ar e t hos e Of th e isolat e d characters . Th ey ar e liabl e
THE L E TT ERS AND O RT H O O RA P H Y . 9

to various modifica t ions accordi n g to their b e ing i nitials , ,

medi als or fin al s i n a combin at ion Of wri t te n let t ers


, , .

In th e first plac e th e y may in this resp e ct b e conv e ni e ntly , , ,

d ivi de d into two cl ass e s : t hos e w hich j oin o n to th e following


J J 00 0 4 )

rfI fi I v
’ l
lett e rs I n writing a combination d s llyyé

A 5 h ,
v
,
1

0}

);
r 1

an d thos e which do not s o j oin s h im A J h d ru fu mdn fé s ilfi , . .

The l att e r th e l e s s numerou s class ar e : l an d


, , , a, a ,
J , j ,
J , J
O f O I O O I O ' 01 O f

Y; e ight I D numb e r ; thus A l a , U 3, A,


A) s
9 Y .

C F
, , 1 ,

1 O r o , 0 1 o r O: f 0 / 0 1

A ll th e o t h e rs j oin as b », m » 245 , [an w


f e
, , A c , A , ( a b , ,

0 1 I O , o
:
O , Oz 0 0

0’ I O I

l” , 85 0
£ 3 .

A ll
th e l e tt er s j oin o n in writing to th e charact e r that
pr e c e d e s th e m (oth e r than to th e eight e num e rat e d above )
w heth e r they b e th e mselv e s finals o r medi als A s fi n als their .

forms ar e as follows

i
: w
6 5
, , , , ,

O
é
é
f ’

j
g
lc
-
j JI ab b
6
d’
I s y j a u U
M a
u u a 2 , :

No . As m e di als th e y
0 1 1 01 1 O i 0 4 1 o o f 1 1


l

are fi gu re d t h u s : u h, us flf , ls ”
, u s ,

f
t h avin g b e en o u n d im rac t ic abl e t o ma k in ty e t h e v arying
1
I p r p
O tt om a n t o n e val u e s o f t h e Arab ian an d P e r ian l o n g vo w e l s th e s t d e n t
pp
-
s u
,

m s t l e arn t o s ly th e n u mbe rs 1 and 2 o ve r th e l n g vo w l mark s


p p pp
u u o - e .

F o r th is u r o s e h e mu st a ly th e ru l e s fo r th e s h rt w e l s acc rdin g
f f f
, o vo , o

as th e y o ll o w or are o ll o w e d by a c on so n an t o f t h e s o t o r h ard l as s
p
,
c
, .

B y rac t ice t h e c o rre c t h ab it w ill b e thu s ac q ire d ; t h e c a s e O f t h e s h o rt


, u

vo w e l s t e a hin g th e to ne w hich w ill the n b e in s tin ctive ly u se d w h e n t h e


c
,

v ow e li l s on g .
10 O T T O M A N T U RK SH GRA M M A R I .

0 0 0 0 0 ,

o f ,
0 01 0 I , 0 0

A fl
1

J » W , Thos
AA »e which do n o t j oin ar e , as .
,

O O 00 o c r 0)

m e di als thus wri tt en : l l l » J» l}


a 0 01 , 1 I ; o f

, as
) f J
Y A ) , , ,
o
,
. U ,

L onger co mb i n a t i ons v ary a d infinztu m a s follows : Aw


0 o '

) , , :

o : J n r I , )

j
a o

COM
d ol O

et s» , g
J a ,
) .

B e sides th e simple nam e s Of th e l e t te rs hith e rto m e ntion e d ,

m ost Of th e ch aract e rs h av e oth e r more complicat e d app e l


,

lat io n s .

I O;

The l is usually call e d h é mz é , wh e n a consonant i n ,


an
1 J o ,

A rabic w ord ; and él ifi mé mdfi dé , A éll, p 1 0l0nged l ,

w h e n it is a long vow e l initial , or m e dial . It can n ever b e


a lo ng fi na l vowel i n an A rabic word b e ing th e n always
,

g?
i
follow e d by anoth e r consonant h é mz é as l t s hfi d, fi é zé n
j
’ ’
,
s ,

&c . I t is c alled é llfl mdq suré, b r ain


Ad
i, s ho rten ed “ l wh e n
,

fin al . It i s then mor e commonly writt e n L, i n classical


A rabic ; but by no means always S O . In Persi an and T urk ish ,

or for e ign words the l is always a vowel but , ,


is call e d
i ndi ffer e n tly él if and h é mzé . It is always long in P e rsian
words w h e n m e di al or fi n al
,
. Wh e n initi al i n a P e rsian word ,

it may b e S hort or long . Wh e n a lo n g initi al it ,


is di s tin

g u is h e d, as in A r abic , by th e S ign over it ,


as

O a
/ O

A . Aw l af é t, P . AA l ab . Wh e n a short i n iti al it is in , ,
A rabic ,

3 o r é, l,

gen e ra lly a conso n an t and may tak e th e soun d Of
’ ’
.
,
T HE L E TT ERS AN D O R T H O GR A P HY . 11

or Of n . When a short ini t i al in P ersian , it is a vow e l and ,

may ha v e any o ne Of th e three values A o r O, l ,


A . Th e d e tails
of t he pow e rs Of l in Turkish words are given furth e r on .

Th e A ) . is disti n guish e d from t he oth e r lette rs of th e sam e


l ai r )

is olat e d form by b e i n g c alle d . b (b a l md v dh h ddé , th e



)
0 s o )

S i ngle-do tted
A . as th e A: i s n ame d c ala. . lS (t al

mfi s na t) ,
f u l l I

the do u b l e-do t ted cu , an d th e is d e sign ated b ( l md



atlas
1
A , 5 sa

s é llé s é), t he r
t ip ly- d o t ted L3; Th e L2) is further d is t i n guish e d
O 1
2 :2
from th e la , also nam e d t a Us , by being c all e d l

L? (

c al . tzi
, )
0

q drds h dt), f ( t h e w or d)
t heg a
y s ;

A) while oi i s nam e d n

» gll (ta l h nt ti) the l of (th e wor d) A g ain th e C )


J d

r o » , a .
,
I

i s distinguish e d as a m e di al o r initial from t h e L5 th e n i den


, , ,

t ical in ~
form with it by b e ing c all e d , {} a
;
A E
L; ( mfi s n fitl fev

é
q yy ),
i s up e r io rly d o u b le- do tted ; wh e re a s the 5 is th e n
E: (mfis na tl t é h t anlyyé), inf er i o rly do u b le
:
his
te rm e d T L
'

i s also c alled sé f AR

The ( l s i k h i z ), the

do tted . A; eh sa A ) o
. .

01 0 I

Th e A : m ight b e call e d as l b ‘
(b a l é bj

é d), the
A: f
o as l; bu t
I do not r e coll e ct th e e xpr e ssion . It i s however dis t i n
, ,

l ; ( i

gu is h e d from th e P e rsian by b e ing design ated s b a

'

ArAb iyyé), t he A ra b ia n A A, th e b e ing c all e d le fi l: (b fi l ’

fa rls lyyé), and


a I

“b
f

l A
j

Aml é
yy ) he P e r s ia n
(b a

A s ,
t AA .

Th e S impl e nam e f th e O »
E r .
’ j ,
i m s u fii c ie n t ly distinguish e s
th e l e tte r from all oth e r A r abic ch aracters . It has th er e for e , ,

no ot h e r d e signa t ion in purely A rab ic works . It is how e v e r , ,


12 O TT O M A N T U RK SH I G R A MM A R .

dis t i nguished fro m t he Persi an the ir bei ng s tyled


b re s p e c

t iv e ly » (j i ml dré b lyyé ), and “J lé » ( l


j i m ffi rls lyyé ),
r r
o r A’ s ;
” (j i m l ij i
z ml é
yy )
f
.

The and are dis t inguish e d fro m on e anoth e r by th e


C C
t e rms §l> (h a l md h

mé lé) n eglected (u n dott e d
) C an d ’

“ “
gla (kh l ’
md j é mé) d is t ingu i s h ed (dot t ed ) r e sp e ctiv e ly
'

f a ’
.

C
In Pe rsian they are fte n calle d Al n— “J O
l; (h fi l b i n u q t a) do tles s
,

a .

-

O I 0}

and J lad fi l; (kh a l n u q t a d zir ) do t p o ssess ing (dott e d )


I

‘ -
z
C
'

C
Thes e two p airs Of A r abic and P e rsi an adj e ctiv e s go all
throu gh t he alph ab e t i n t h e cas e s w here a dot i s the sol e ,

O 0 )
I f

distinction betw ee n two le tt ers f the s am e form ; as M , Jls

i md mé é) a “ m é mé
(d l a h l A s
Jls (z a ll u j ) 3 S O also th e .

dis t inctions by th e words O “


f the num e r al alph abet as , ,

0 1 0, 0 If
;
I
:
Jl ( l l é é
j ) z all l k h dz ), ‘
as l a d z l b d , a
J ( ls sf a ; A L L
} ;

0)

E
LS "
1 1

q drds h dt )J gl
J ( i za c ; .
w ( Si n l mfi h
“)

I f

mélé), U
“ A s w
t
:
( sh n l l mu j é mé )
'
; &c
u
.
,

When w e com e to A 3, th e written names Of th e l e tt e rs are


so distinc t Of t h e mselves t h at , no addition is n e c e ss ary for
0

? (k yé f
S

S (qtI f)
-

L5 ( )
fa , 3; vu lga r ly k é f), el
A A , 6 ; A 4 ,

Y (la m), J l a )
; (n un ) u ; l ( v w a w ) J ' , ,
.

Wi t h a distinc t ion again com e s in to di ffe r e nti at e th e lett e r ,


o

from W e th e r e for e ; l; ( fi l é é z), as th e



s ay g h h v v a;
C
'
, ,
J

is t h e n t e rm e d J; sl; (h a i b fi

t t i); and L5 i s t e rm e d as
C ,
14 T
O T O M AN T U RK SH GR A MM AR I .

s ist e d of placi n g t hr ee dot s ov e r th e A rabian for m of t h e e),

tog e th e r with a singl e dash in non - fi n al positions thus : eel J{ , ,

ail ; thus marking th e P e rsian ha r d 9 valu e of th e


l e t te r .

B ut this l e tter , so di fferentiat e d in P e rsian wri ting r e c e iv e d ,

in O ttoman Turk ish a third valu e that of our consonantal , y,


as a soft e ne d vari e ty of its P e rsian valu e of h a rd 9 . This
O ttoman valu e n e v e r occurs e lsewhere than at th e e nd , or

e
o f ]

:(b y) M (b éyanmék )
c [ o

i n th e middl e of a word ; as } : s , ,
o 1 01 9

J fl
,

l lrml , d u l ré n mék
(y y ) l (y ) I n t h e middl e o f a word
.

it may begin or e nd a syll abl e : h é -y a n -m ek ,


ly-ran -mé k .

Wh e n this l e tt e r follows a u vow e l and i s itself follow e d by


,

an e vo we l it glid e s into th e valu e of


,
o ur w ; as J
( Sfi w é), & c .

In Turkish the ,
e) , r e t aining the s am e form r e c e iv e d ,

another valu e still , t he four t h ; b e ing t h e n for distinc t ion s ’

a
;

) c
s ake call e d,
su rd u , ; (s a gh ir nun ) , as in eJl (en ) ,

0 1 0

L,
9 . l (fifi maq ), (s anln) ”9 ; (qofi ur) This v alu e
, .

is n ev e r i nitial . Wh e n m e dial it may b e gin an d may al s o


, ,

e nd a. syllabl e as i t e nds many word s


,
. Th e th ree dots ov e r
th e Q ,
m e ntion e d i n th e pr e c e ding paragrap h ,
are u s e d by
som e to Turkish valu e of s u rd u and at oth e r
'

de s ign at e t h is

tim es a singl e dot i s u s e d for that purpos e l e aving t h e thre e ,

d ots to mark th e P e rsian valu e of th e l e tte r . Th e s e varying


T H E L E T T E RS AND O R T H O GR A P H Y . 15

valu e s of the e) co n s t it u t e a se r ious di ffi cul ty in le ar n i n g t o


read O ttoman Turk ish
u is here tr an sliterated n . S u rd .

A simil ar vari a t ion in th e phon e tic value o f t he A rabic


l e tt e r i s to b e obs e r v e d in O t t o man Turkish wor ds
8 .
'
.

Or iginally i t is i n ,
an O ttom an mouth ,
a simpl e h ard g; as
0

SALE (gallb ) Cas i (aglé b )


1 1

, ,
ma
( g b)
l fi . I n Turkish
words it h as a soft ened v alu e very m uch like t h a t o f ou r gh bu t
, ,

s till mor e softe n e d e v en to th e point , of practically disappear


in g from th e pronunc iation ; as :
E
F L (d a gh almost ,
(l aw ),

sh i (dagh ifi almost
p ,
dé ifi ),

éu; (dsgh s
. ,
ds a),

LSs
(d agh i ill. ,

art) Q ié u; (d rai n )
, , mu .
(w as) ,
&c . When p re ced e d by
an vow e l th e i n Turk ish words i f followed by a
0 or a ,
a , ,

vo we l glid e s into th e valu e of


, our w, even as o u r ow n gh

do e s in th e word t hro u gho u t (pronounc e d t hru w o u t ) Gal d;as :

(db w a )
n ,
E) ;lsi
(s dw é n) , }
J ; (q ow d s h ) or it ne arly dis
o d’
app ears in pronuncia t ion as b e for e ; thus : i gal l
j ( ldI m,
J i b )
,
r
m), o n u oldd u)

(

or o l du u 2
4 a ld w or
6
.
,

S E CT IO N II . T h e P h o n e t ic
'

a lu es o
f t he L e t t e s r an d Vo we l
P o in ts, th e Us es of the o the r O r t h ogr ap h ic S ign s , ou r S ys t em

f
o T r a ns liter a t io n , a nd t he D o ct r in e o f Otto man E up h o ny .

W e must d iv ide t h e thirty on e O ttom a n l e tt e rs (omitti n g X) -

into vow e ls an d consonants B ut it m ust fi rst b e premis ed .

that e v e ry lett e r i s som e tim e s a conso nant w hil e only four , of


16 O TT O M A N T U RK I SH GR A MM A R .

th e m ar e sometim e s vowel s . Thes e ar e l j


a L5 A ll th e
others tw e nty s e ven in form
,
-
,
are always conson ants . I t wi ll
b e mor e convenient to treat of t he four vowel l e tt e rs first ,

tog e th e r with the vow e l points which ar e not lette rs bu t -


, ,

si mply m ark s .

U su a lly , th e vow e l points t hr ee only in n umb e r ar e not


-
, ,

w rit t en they are suppose d to b e known . B ut i n childr e n s


,

books in Q ur ans in book s o f devotion & c they ar e written


,

, , .
,

an d som e tim e s in oth e r book s and p ap e rs also .

0 J o J

The vowe l points are - n amed : l ,


fi s tfi n, v ( ) l o ver , the

mark of which is a short di agon al from th e right do w nwards


a I I

towards the left placed o ver , an


y conson ant as : u o &c ;
C
, ’ .

2, e s ere
(no meani,
ng
)
a
I

f
al
I

simil
I

a r di a gon al m a rked u n d er , ,
JJ
any conson ant ; as : a 5 & c ; 3 d tfi rfi
”k (l n o m e an
C C
’ ’ , , .
, ,

ing ) a small J S h aped


,
-
mrk a ,
pl ac e d o ve r an
y consonant ; as
J a

“ 850
J a
j j ’ a u : :

Th e se vowel poi n t s m ark origin ally th e three


-
, ,
A r abic short
vowels t o which t he addi t io n a l O tt o man vowel sounds
,
-
,
A, a ,
a
ha v e b ee n added . The d s t dn h as t h e v alu e of a or e accord ,

ing to the co n so n ant ,


&c .
,
a ccomp anyi n g i t the é s éré h as th e
v a lue o f l o r i an d the d t fi rd th at of 6 ,
U, 13, 13, also according
to i t s accompan i m e n t .

The short vowel sou n d i ndicat e d by eac h - of th e s e thr e e


a
mark s alway s follows ,
in pro n unci at ion t h e sou nd of th e con ,

son an t to which it i s app e n ded so t h a t w e h av e th e following


THE L E TT E RS AN D O R T H O G R A P HY .

O t toman syll ab ary , No 1 . u h a, b it, h a, h a, b e ; u

g
; b e, bu ,
b fi, i an d s o on through the a lph abet .

When it is requ ired to mak e the vowel lon g ,


o ne of th e
e
0

t hree A rabic lett ers


f p ; ( h a r f i m dod p l ro lo n
ga tio n , 3; u ,
.

i; e
h urfi fl m dd ) has to b e added to the conson a nt s t il l , ,

mar ked wi t h i t s shor t vow e l point The l e tt e rs o f prolong a -


.

t ion tru e
, lo ng vo w els , are l , L5 ; of which l alw ays a e com
p an ie s
'
I I s tfi n , (5
always accompani e s e s e re ; and always
a ccompanies d t fin l

. W e now hav e Ot tom an syllabary N o 2, .

as follows : 6 b a, b a ; b i, b i b e, b u, b u, b fi &c .

W e t hu s se e t h at th e re ar e e lev e n O t tom an short v owels ,

and eigh t lo n g . O ur syst e m of transl iterati n g th e m is a lso


m ade app ar e n t . It is th e simpl e m et hod of usi n g a or e to
represent fi s t dn, i to r e pre sent es éré, and 0 o r u to r e pre sent
d t firfi . As t hes e vow e l -points sh ad e o ff in phon et ic value w e ,

use a , s, a ,
a, or e for fi s tfi n l or i for é s é ré ; an d s, or II

,

II ,

I i, for d tfi rfi . A ft e r long considera t ion w e hav e for some ,

years p ast a dopt e d t his sys te m , as the S imples t , an d , o n t he


whol e the most ra t ion al
,
.

Th e v alues of thes e O ttoman vow e ls ar e thos e of the vow e ls


in th e followi n g e lev e n words . Th e y ar e all familiar E nglish

words , e xcepting th e Fr e nch tn , t he vowel o f which i s


unkno w n in ordinary E nglish , thoug h it e xis t s i n t h e di al ec ts
o f som e of our counti e s . Th e s e w ords ar e : f ar ,
w a r, a

C
18 O TT O M A N T U RK SH I G R A MM A R .

p a n , p en ; p in , girl ; so ; p u t, tu , cu r . We mark th e vowe ls


o f t hes e el e v e n gu ide words to t he O t to man pronuncia t io n in
-
,

t h e order i n w hich th e y s t and far, w ar, a bo v e , p an, e


p n pln , ,

g irl , s o, put , t d, cdr an d fo r the e ight O t t o man long vo we ls


we use : far, w ar, pin g irl o, p ut, t ii , o ur Tha t is in e tee n
'

, ,
s .
,
n

Ott om an vow e l sounds in -


a l l, lo n g an d S hort . The stud e nt
has but to remember t h e seri e s of ten E n glish words and on e
Fr e nc h , to b e com e possessed of th e k ey to th e O ttoman vow e l
pronunc i ation . B ut h e m ust l e arn n e v er to s werv e from t he
v al u e s of thos e guide vowels -
. To an E nglishm an , wi th ou r
slouchy m e thod t his unswer v ingn e ss , is th e most di ffi cult
point b ut wi t h a little pa t ience a t firs t it
, , is to be achi e v e d .

;
i
He must practice himself in pronou n c ing p a sh a ,
Ll (no t

p as h aw ), b ab a ti; (n o t
,
b ayb a), d an , 3 (
3 not d n ) e ,
S an, c,
;

(no t s en), b é n, 3 3
(which he wil l at onc e pronounc e righ t ) ,

is M l, f ir ol
q , (not q a l ) ,

q ,
i l

l fl) ; (not q dl), yfi z , 3; (not y u z or y dz ), and gyd z,
3)9
(not gydz or gyfi z, t houg h th e se a re also words or syll abl e s) .

The E n glish s t ud e n t of Turkish has to ex e r t his u t most


c ar e i n resp e ct
, of the O t tom an vow e ls to br eak hims elf of ,

the hom e m e thod of pronouncin g a short vowel ,


an d t he s am e
v ow e l when lo ng ,
in two v e ry di ffer e nt ways . T h e O tt oman
v ow e ls r e main al w a vs pur e ; t h ey n e v e r chang e i n phone t ic
va lu e wi t h a c h ang e in phon e tic q u a n tit
y ,
th us a ,
is al ways a
T H E L E TT ERS AN D O R T H O G RA P H Y . 19

made long ; i is always 1 lo n g , 6 is always 6 long , 11 is alw ay s


n lo n g , 85 0 in t he s a me word an d i t s deriva ti v e s .

The studen t w il l h ave no t iced abov e t h e A rabic s ign o


f
0 01

q u ies cen ce o f a co n so n an t It is n am e d j ezm


.
,
an d i s n e ver
pl a ce d ov e r a vowe l long o r short
, .

The fourth O ttom an vo w e l l e tter , 8, which whe n ,


a con
s o n an t is the soft aspirat e
, h, is also derived fro m the A rabic ,

bu t h as a speci al h istory of its o w n. This l e t t er i s n e v e r


used as a vowel in A r abic in any oth e r position t h an t h a t o f

a final to a noun substantiv e . or a dj e ctiv e usu ally


,
of t he
feminin e g e nder ,
som e tim e s si n gular ,
and some t imes an

i rregul a r (b ro k en t e chnic ally) plural S uch ar e th e words


, .

i l k h dli fé i f s fi nné al l ; h dsana 51 t dyylb e & c


;
, . , , ,
.

In A rabic these pronuncia t ions (as modifi e d in O ttom a n


,

Turk ish as to th e vowels and


,
to th e consonants ) are those
,
as

o f t h e words wh e n they cl o s e a sent e nc e or c lause in cl assic a l


r e ading . Th e y are also th e pronunciations of th e words in

mod e rn conv e rs ational A rabic .

B u t, originally ,
an d to t his day i n classical , A rabic , t hose
an d all such w ords e nd not in a vowel at a l l. They all e nd

in a conson ant in a let te r , t w h ich ,


fo r certa in gramm a t ic a l
r e asons i s , n ev e r figur e d bu t always appears in t h e sh ap e
of a letter a surmounted by the two dots of t he C) ,
t hus i t .

0 0 ,

O ur specim e n w ords ar e ther e for e origi n ally , , JI L L


; k h ali fet,
1 5 ) 01 , o r u a

s fi n u é t, h its dnet, l yylb et


tz . There ar e o t her
20 T
O T O M A N T U RK S H GR A MM A R I .

v ow e ls and consonants to be a dded t o t h e t er mina t ion of t he s e


i n classic al A rabic , t o m ark th e cas e endi n gs -
or decli n at ions .

Thus w hen defi n ite ,


may b e marked i i i ;
k h ali fé td for
t he nom in at ive an ; d k hali fé tl for t h e g e nitive ,
k h ti li fé ta fo r

Whe n indefini te
,

t he a ccusa t iv e .
, i t becom e s l ads k h ali fé tun ,
.

k h dli fé t ln, 25 3:k h ali fé tan In all t hese c as e s wh e n fin al


4 .
,

i n a sent e nc e or clau s e /t h e c ase endi n gs ar e d r opped fr om -

t he pronun cia t ion t ho u gh still writ t en in vow e l poin te d books


,
-
,

and t h e word becom e s S imply kh a li f throughou t Th e s e e .

i ) !

indefi n it e case e ndi n g m arks are c alle d in


-
Tq is h
é l

(ik i fi t fi rfi ),
d o u b le d t fi rfi ,
G
m é s é i é), do u b le e ss ei ,

a nd
g
fi l (lk l fi s t fi n
) d o u b le fi s tdn .

A co n s I de rat io n now aros e . In cl assical A rabic fin al con ,

son an t s may b e eith e r silent , o r voc a l wi t h any o n e of t h e

t hre e short vowels . Thu s k é té b é t, 5 1L?. k é t é b t d,

H k é té b t a, m i x k é té b t l . When suc h words a re fi nal in


a s e nt e nc e o r claus e t h e final conson ant is mad e sil e nt ; so
,

that w e ha v e k é té b é t as be fore fo r t he firs t ; bu t k é téb t for


, ,

;
1 0 1

all t hr ee of t h e rem ainin g words . So a


. 3, fl ,
)
.a 3, fi na l ,

b e com e s n a sr , as does an d thoug h (always d is

t ing u is h e d by a se ile l being added n a sra n ) r e m a in s


fully pro n ounced , or o nly loses t h e sound of t h e fin al n , an d

i s read n asr a .

When t h e fin al 2 of k h alifé , and similar words ,


w as

dropped fr o m the p I o n u n e ia t io n , t h e le tt e r m ight hav e been


22
"

O TT O M A N T U RK S H GR A MM A R I .

Persi an l e tt e rs (Turkish scribes l e arning t h e m e thod from


Persi an te ach ers i n t he land o f Persia co n quered by Turk is h
invade r s ,
wh o th e r e embrac e d Islam) th e us e o f a as a fin al ,

vow e l w as fou n d so conv e ni e nt as to b e na t urally adop te d .

So ll é b é
a , ll l add, & c
a .
, w e re wri t t e n . N ow, a whol e cl ass of
Turkish gerunds ,
optatives an d i mpera t i v es
,
of t he t hird
'

person end wi t h t his vow e l


, ; w e t here fore hav e
, , SJ A l ldé ,

.Lf gide ,
gf gyure, as one , y o one, 85 0 .

A furth e r st e p w as , th e r e for e possibl e to b e tak e n i n


,

O ttom an Turk ish fro m which P e rsian writ e rs had an d have


,

shrunk . The vowel a was us e d as a m e dial also wh e n e v e r i t ,

w as found that its introduc t ion s e rved t o distinguish tw o


fi l o

w ords w ritt e n alike but pronounc e d di ffer e ntly


, . Thus si de

b llmé k , cou ld also b e read Gal-J) b llé mék . I f the vow e l poin t s
-

wer e always m ark e d they w ould su ffic e for thi s cas e , ; b ut

t h ey a re gen e rally omit t ed . Th e g e rund and optativ e A1 ) or

IL L : w as already in us e . By wri t i n g sill» b llmek and Gl ad ) .

b llemék , th e distinction was m a d e cl e ar . H e n ce , a as a m e di a l


O tt om an vowel alw ays i ndica t ing a precedi n g
, fi s tfi n short
v owel point becam e fully e stablished
-
, . T his medial or final
Turk ish vowel a ne v er j oins on t o the next l et ter in wri t ing ;
I f )

a s , el u l fi ré mé k , g ale) o d ay a
w .

Fro m t his sk e tch of t h e his t ory of final an d m e di al vow e l s,

w e se e plainly ho w fundam e ntally e rron e ous is th e commo n


T HE L E TT ERS AN D O R T H O GR A P H Y . 23

E uropean(or rather E n glish


) method o f transli te rating such
words with a fin al or m e di al h Th e n e arest approach to .

corr e c t ness of whic h our orthography is capabl e sinc e w e ,

poss e ss not th e Fr e nch '

e or G e rman e, is to w rit e all such


w ords wi t h a final as Icha lya , F ma , M elcka , M edina ,
'

a, a ti

B ru s a , & c . Thes e a r e usu a l ; bu t a» . J idda, is u sually sp e lt


J ed da h ; whil e L; t ira (usually C ) 2 L
5 . 5 1 T j
an a airo , .

(usually T a ngie r s ), & c .


, h av e b ee n mad e into monstrositi e s .

Th e phon e tic valu e of an initi al l is at first a di ffi cul t y


to the E uropean st udent inasmuch , as th e r e ap pe ars to b e
n o t hing lik e i t in W e stern languag e s . This how e v e r is
, ,

mor e appar e nt than r e al wh e n fully ex pl ain e d , .

We m ust r e memb e r that i n A rabic th e initial l or l is a

co n s o n a n t, not a vowel . L ik e any oth e r initial consonant ,

i t t akes the thr ee s h or t vow e l points and i s th e n pronounc e d -


,

é
>
, l d, l >
I1

. Wh e n i t b e cam e a P e rsia n l e tt e r i t , w as

gen erally n am e d h é mzé, as i t i s usually call e d in A rabic wh e n


a c onsonant (but nev e r w hen a vowel o f prolongation o r fin al ,

and short ) ; although in P e rsian w ords it i s always a vowel


, , ,

wh ether i niti al m e di al , , or fin al . W ith the s h ort vow e l points -


,

this initi al l is a lways a short vowel in P e rsian words an d ,

thus : ll
c

th e A r abi an h émze sign i s n e v er pl a c e d ov e r it ; é r,

B
l z e ,
0

w
0 :

l é sb , w l st e ,
&c . s l l isp ah ,
e a
u l
O I I O

s liu l is fahan , & c .

ii h i a g
i , ac ,
24 T
O T O M A N T U RK S H I G RA MM A R .

This ini t i al short v owel Persi an system w as extended (i n


p r ac t ic e not in ,
theo y) r to all A r abic words u s e d in Persi an
9 5

wi t h l for the ir i n i t ial le tte r . B ut the A rabic conson an t al l


w ast hen t ak e n (in prac t ic e ) to b e a P er si an vowel l . Thu s ,

l l
C /

n il lb t lda
0

i i w as re a d sh v ab li
,

g
x fi sfi l ; 8
,50 , .

Whe n i n , A r abic, th e vowel of t h e i nitial conson anta l l


b e c am e lo n g t h e n , ,
as w ith a ny o ther in itia l co n s o n a n t , a vowel
le tt er of prol ong ation —a long vowel let te r —w as app e nd e d to
, ,

5 i
th e l thu s : ll, pronou nc e d >
a l, pronounc e d >fi l pro
; , J , L5 ,

n o u nc e d >
i .

T his system p ass e d al so into us e i n P e rsian words t he ,

A r abic h é mz é sign b e ing omitt e d e ve n in , A rabic words


0 3

a dopte d into Persian ; an d t hus th e combin ations l l ,


l
J , (5 5
became th e ini t ia l Pe rsi an long vowels ; being pro n ounced
i
resp e c t iv e ly — a
o o o 3 o ,

Thus ll ab ,
l i b ar, 5 1l iz ed and

,
fl , 1. u II .

w ith words origi n ally bll ab s llj l fi la lé l ima & c A rabic : , , .

The A rabi an s found th e us e of ll som e wh at cumbersome .

e
O

They th e r e for e inv e nt e d a sign , call e d m dd a t i l an d 3: , ,

e
m dd to b e pl ac e d ov e r an i nitial l wi t h
, , or w i t hou t the

h e mz e sig n to designate th e long vowel


,
. Thus ins t e ad ,
of

bll th e y wrot e Ci s b a
, , &c . Th e P e rsians adop te d t his sys te m
also writing A
, RT ab i n s t e a d o f C ll Th e doubl e l sys t em a .
,

however i s still t o be found in us e i n native Persi an lexico n s


,

where the first s e ction of chapt e r I is gen e rally figured w i th


t he two ll not wi t h l , O
T HE L E TT ERS A ND O R T H O GR A P HY . 25

I t may b e useful to me n tion here t h at t he ,


A rabi an wri t ers
employ this sign of m dd to e ma r k a m e di al or a q u asi
- fi n al

long vowel l wh e n e v e r this i s followed


,
in t h e word by a
1 3 01 1 1

h é mz é , i . e.
,
a conso n an ta l l . Thus t h e y writ e y é t é sa

s mt u ,
b d, & c
h fimrz . e
Th e s e m dd S igns ar e omi tte d in
Persian ,
as well as the fi n al so th a t 113mm 13 writt e n ,
7 1 01

as well as pronou n c e d , for 2l &c .

If a medi al conso n ant a l h é mz é in an A rabic word he fol


lowed by a long vowel l th e two ,
a re uni te d ,
as in the ini t i a l T ,

i nto one l let t er with the m dd sign ov e r it e ; as JL m a al


>
(f or
O p ,

Sl i l) . This also 18 adopt e d I n Persian with such A rabic w o r ds


as it occurs in ; not being found i n any original Persian
words .

e
The m dd sign i s also used i n , A rabic , som e tim e s tak in g
ano t her form th at ,
of a sm all p e rpendicular , t o mark th e
tradi t ion al omission in wri t i n g (no t in pronuncia t ion ) o f a
, ,

long vowel l in a fe w well known words such as ill >llah (for -


,

O O
f

‘ ’

z
0

Z
1 4

Xl) ,
u
h >ll a hi
g (for s
s
Yl), u p .

)
or »
u )
r a h man (for &c .

This perpendicu l ar sm all el if sh - a p e d m dd is e a lso pl aced ,

in A r abic , som e times over a lett e r J , to mark that t hough ,

radic ally a i t is a long vow e l l in pronu n ciatio n in t h e ,

words only h Aya t usu ally written SQ in ersi an


t wo , if ;
( P ,

ally w ri t t e n 3L
0 l o

an d Turk ish ) C al-a . an d


”L s a lat
(usuo in ,

P e rsi an and T urkish 5 3 3C ) .


0
6 O TT O M A N T U RK SH GR A MM A R I .

e
Th e m dd S ign is som e tim e s placed in , A rabic, ov e r a lo n g
vow e l o r (5 , when th e y ar e followed by a h emze in th e sam e
word as in ; SI l 51a T his p e culiari t y i s not us e d
'

; z , .

i n P e rsi an or Turk i s h .

It is a lso sometim e s plac e d ov e r a long vow e l m e dial l ,

w hen thi s letter i s follow e d by a r e dupl icat e d consonant in


th e sam e word ; as : so l. m add e; it i s not us e d in Persian or

Turk ish .

S uc h of th e foregoing A rabic usages as hav e be e n adopted


i n P e rsian for words of Persi an or of A rabic origin ar e also ,

e mployed in Ot toman Turk ish for th e sam e words ; t h ough


th e y ar e sometimes om i t ted in ordinary w ri t ing .

W e now come to a purely O ttoman us e of th e mé dd S ig n ,

u tt e rly unk n own i n A rabi c an d P e rsian . T hu s : Whe n ever


a n i ni t i a l vow e l l of an O ttoman word of T urk ish or foreign
urop e an or I ndi an ) origin has t he short sou nd of a a
(E or ,

e
th e m dd sign i s plac e d over it as a d istinction from ,
t he

ini t ial sounds a ,


a, e ; as : a mira 1 (Fr e nch ) , ( ”T lu l ,

. LT Ads
(Turkish ) ; but nl inii as él é t jfi svv ni (A r abic
) j i r , , e
(Turkish also P e rsi a n ; bu t two di ffer e nt words
) .

A no t h e r Ot to man p e culiarity co n nect e d wi t h t h e initi al l ,

wh e n follow e d in w riting by a vow e l J or


(5 , is that th e se two
vowels ar e not n eces s a ri ly long vowels in w ords of Turkish
l l tr sli
Thus 5,i ot L jj d d tmé k
’ ’
or for e ig n origin . . ,
I rr ,
d t , ,

a
ss t o mb a i , r s iij j
j
b h and s . Th e y may th e n b e calle d
T HE L E TT ERS AN D O R T H O GR A P HY . 27

d ir ecting vo w els . I n m any o ld or pro v incial books an d


w ri t ings th e se dir e cting vowels
,
are oft en or sys t ema t ically
omi tt ed th e writ e rs from habit
, , , or syst e m ,
a dheri ng t o t he
origin al A r abi c method of spelling by short vo w e l points -
,
fo r

t h e most par t omi tte d in curr e n t writing . This mak e s suc h


books and p ap e rs imm e nsely di fficult to re ad and und e rst and .

Th e thr ee A rabic long vow els l , , J , (5 , h aving thus ac q uir e d


a footing as O ttom an s h ort dir e cting-vowels wh e n following ,

an ini t ial l e tt e r l , it w as found convenient to e xtend th e


syst e m and to
, u se th e m as S hort dir e cting vowels following -
,

i n itial or m e di al consonants thereby departi n g e ntir ely from ,

th e A rabic and Pe rsian syst e ms . Th e re i s no method in u se

for distinguishing a lo n g vo we l l e tt e r from a s h ort o ne i n an


O ttoman w ord of Turkish or for e ign origin . We may almos t
v e ntur e to sa
y that al l such m e dial v ow e l l e tters in Turk is h -

and for e ign O ttom an w ords ar e s h ort vowels ; wh e r e as in ,

A rabic and P ersi a n w ords they ar e always long . Thus :



J; s h $5;
}
3
b f
t , (111 3
U q fi s h . é ghltt mdq ,’
s lz lldl ,

0 1 0, 3 3

b ozuimt q, s il,l , b nz uimek , 6 ;


33 gyfi rfi l dfi,

fi rfi n mek
gy .

H ith e rto w e have consi de r e d only t h e op en syll abl e s t h at ,

is , thos e which e nd with a vo w el We h av e now t o tre a t .

o f t h e closed syllables — thos e which end wi t h a consonant


,
.

In th e origin al A r abic syst e m when a word or syllabl e


,

e nd e d w it h a qu ies cen t consonan t ,


-
a consonant not follo we d
28 O TT O M A N T U RK I SH G R A MMA R .

by a vow e l sound or vowel lett e r i n the s ame syllable —


such ,

conson an t was m arke d ,


in pointed wri t i n gs by th e sig n
,

plac e d ov e r i t which as , ,
w as b e fore r e m arked is c alled j é zm
, ,

J »
.
Thus : Z; b éb , L1}b ab £33b ub , , w b ib , & c .

It is a rul e i n cl assical A rabic , t h at t wo quiescent con


s onants cannot follo w o ne another i n t h e s ame syll abl e ,

w h e th e r as ini t ials or as finals . S uch a word or syll able as


c ru s t, r fl irt & c is unknown A s far as two such
t art, b lu t, ,
.
, .

ini t ial consonants go this rul e pr e vails i n t he vern acul ar


,

A rab ic also ,
and h as p a ssed i nto th e Pe r si an an d Turkish .

Fo r eign words w i t h s uc h comb i n a t ions of i n i t i a l conso n an t s


to words or syll ables are tre ated i n one of two ways . When
i n i t i al i n a word th e y may be sep arate d into two syll ables
, ,

e ither by a servil e vow e l l , generally w i t h an é s é ré vowel ,

being pr e fixed ; or by a vow e l g e nerally s r , eee , being in t er


c alat e d ; an d whe n th e combin at ion i s ini t ial to a non ini t i al -

syll able of a word the l att e r me t hod


,
a lon e i s used or t h e ,

syll ables are so divid e d as to s e p arat e th e two co n son ants .

Thus : k mp a
'

h as becom e . lsl iqlim , fe r a l h a s become J q i al ,


v
p m oe h as
r b e com e p lrln ,
j and S vizzera has b e com e E
ar l
l s v lc h er .

I n classica l A rab ic , a final word in a phr a s e or cl a u se could


0 o r 0 "

t er min at e i n two q uiescent consonants as : lag r abt ig llm
r
,
) ,

O 0’

w} h dz n, & c . This l ib e rty 1s much us e d in P e rsi a n Turkish , ,


30 O TT O M A N T U RK S H I G R A MM A R .

J;
p r (a e w ing ),
is so m e t im e s pronounc e d j g
,
p rr e ; and
1

u
0

p;
1 }

p é ré n de, as s 3 é rré n dé &c


/ p .

This r e duplic a t i n g sys t em i s not used in corr e c t ly wri t i n g


Turk ish O tt om an words bu t i t i s sometim e s , me t wi t h in
i ncorrec t wri t i n gs . The t wo le t ters should be wri tt e n i n
J O I O

full i n such T urk ish words ; thus Gi n, , c h fi ufi q, it


w /31 b snfi q,

« Ju
O a t ,

l emm ek ,
&c .

T he A rabic word h mz e e ,
£3 b e sid
,
e s being a nam e for th e
let te r I ,
as b e for e explain e d , is also th e name of an or tho
graphic sign m ark , ,
or point very variously u s e d i n
,
A rabic

and P e rsi an . M os t of the rules conc e rning it, w h ich deriv e


from the two lan guages have passed in t o O ttoman Tu r k ish , ,

wi t h an a ddition or t wo us e d i n th e T urkis h translite r at io n


o f foreign words . Turkish words n e v e r r e q uir e th e sign .

The h mz sign e e ,
w ould appear to be a diminu t i v e h ead of

t he let t e r thu s indicating to th e ey e th e gu t tural n a t ur e of


E .

the vocal e nunci ation it r e pr e sen t s ; whic h is in fact a softe n e d , ,

choke i n an A rab mo n th B ut i n Persian and Turk ish pro


,
.

n u n c ia t io n i t is a slight h ia tu s at th e b e ginning o f a non ,

i ni t i a l s yll able o r at t h e e n d o f any syll abl e ini t i al m e dial


, , ,

o r final It is pl aced o ver a l e tt e r wh e n it b e ars th e u s tu n


.

or d tti rti vow e l o r is q uie s cent ; u n der it g e n e rally with t he


’ ’
, , ,

e s e re vow el .

Th e h e mz e ,
in a word of A rab ic origin always r e pre s e nts
,

a conson antal l e tter l , som e tim e s radical som e tim e s s e rvile


, .
T HE L E T T ERS AND O R T H O GR A P HY . 31

I n Persi an words t he ,
t heo y r of t he s1
g n 1s t he s ame as in

A r abic , but t h e sig n i t sel f 18 always servile ,


and ei th e r fin a l
or n a e rly so .

When a h mz e e ,
radic al or ser v ile i s initi al i n
,
an A ra b ic

word i t is ne v er wri t te n
, or pronou n ce d in Persi an or Tu r kish .

Th e l le tt er i s t hen t aken to be a v owel ,


an d is tre ated acco r d
o , § o

i ngly . Th u s J , o l >é mé l, becomes J ‘ l é mé l ; ng >


lb ll, becom e s
0 8 :

M ib l l ; b e comes l fi mm . . Th e s e are a ll r adicals


c ,

an d short So g ain é fk yar,


> becom e s s l é fk yzi r 36
1

. a ,

i
> qbal b e comes si iqb al b e co me s
jgl fi m
,
l
t fir; &c .

These i n i t i als are a ll s e r v ile ,


an d shor t . Th e mod e s a nd

do c t ri n e of m aking them into lon g vow e ls hav e a l re ady b ee n


desc r ib e d . In P e rsian Turkish and foreig n words an initial
, , ,

l i s alw ays a vowel and ,


is mad e lo n g in th e s am e w ay as if
t he word wer e of A r abic origin as ,
h as b ee n said before .

Wh en a h e mz e , radic al or servil e in an , A r abic word ,


is

medi al or final a rat her numerous body of rules come in t o


,

play . S om e tim e s th e l e tter l then always c alled h mz , e e ,


is

written togeth e r wi t h th e h mz sign ov e r it l (as i n v i, ré>s )


, e e , i
,

an d some t imes the h mz sign abov e i s figured a s a l ett er e e ,


0) p t I ,

no w , wi t hout the l , i n th e body of the word ; as in w liLA g


,

y é t é s zv é lfi n
'

. In t h e former of th e s e two c as e s t he h mz ,
e e is
O I
0
"
u su ally a fin al quiesc e nt conso n ant i n its syll abl e ;
, as , ow l
)

r é fé t ,
h
o . 2 ,

m e >mé u
-
,
&c . In the l att e r case th e h ,
e mz e i s the
initial consonant of i t s medial or fin a l syllabl e mov en t with ,
32 O TT O M A N T U RK S H I G R A MM AR .

us t fi n in j uz an
> ii)i ? j é d & B ut it may also
'

; as -
,
v
zz n , c .

b e bo t h ; th at is a q uiescent h , emz e m y t erm inate one syll ble a a ,

while anoth e r ,
a movent h e mz e m y begin th e next syll ble
,
a a .

In t his c ase as wi t h any o t her conson ant


,
so occurri n g , o ne l
alon e is writte n wi t h a h mz
,
e e sign o v e r it ; an d abo v e t hi s ,

the t é sh di d sign is sup e ra dded wi t h an , d s tfi n sign o v er i t


09 "

ag ain as i n dbl? t é fé él This step n e v er occurs in Tu rk is h


M .

phrases ; but the e xpl an atio n i s n e ed e d s o as to m ake cle a r ,

wh at follows .

Thi s reduplicate d m e dial h emz e , mo v e n t wi t h ds tii n, ’


is
s ome t ime s follow e d by a lo n g vowel l . I n t his c ase ins t e a d
,
d
0 5 ,

of writi n g for i n s tanc e


, , U
s ”
)
re s- i ts, th e two let t ers l are c o m

b in e d in t o one, w i t h the si g n s m e dd an d h mz e e ,
an d wi t hou t
0 a

th e fi s t dn vowel thus , u
s l; r am as as befor e , . This combi na
tio n i s of very rar e occurrence h appe n i n g o n ly i n deri v a t i v e
,

wor ds of whic h th e root is t rili teral wi t h h mz


, ,
e e for secon d
rad ic al .

B ut a moven t i n i t i al h e mz e of a syllable me di al in a ,
w ord ,

may be followe d by a lon g vowe l l , w i t hou t b e i n g reduplic ate d .

I t i s then figured by a si n gle writ t en l wi t h t he h e mz e and


e
m dd signs as ,
f
i ; mdnil

,
&c .

These co mbi n a t ion s when u sed ,


in Turk i s h ,
drop the h e mz e
and t é s h did sig n s bu t preserve t h e mé dd sign
, . The ds t d n

vo w e l t h a t precedes such m dd sign i s e h a r dened from é in t o a ,


T HE L E TT ERS AN D T
O R H O G R A P HY . 33

on a ccou n t of the followi n g 5, e v en wi t h a preceding soft con

so nan t
B ut when such med i al
,
or fi na l h mz e e i s itsel f mov e n t wi t h
e e re
s ,
it is no lo n ger writ t e n in the form of l ; i t t hen t akes
t he fo r m of
cg, wi t hou t dots ,
an d wi t h a h e mz e sig n o v er it ;

as , e
r ds . I f i t s vowel is d tfi rfi , i t is w r i tt e n as a lette r ,

wi t h h e mz e sign over it ; as ,
v5
.
5) r p f fis . I n t hese tw o

e x amples t he v owels are lo n g ; bu t t he r e a re wo r ds i n A rabic

so me perch an ce u sed i n T urk ish in which t hey ,


a re shor t .

Of course the l o n g vowel letters do n ot t h e n follo w t h e


,

m odified , disguised h mz e e . Thu s , l


u ,
t

r a>
f
ls

, Jj i é b fi
> s

j

M oreove r ,
wh e n such medi al or fi n al h e mz e ,
w hether
move n t or qu ies cent i s pr e ceded by a co n sonan t m ov e nt wi t h
,

é s et e, the h mz e e is figured as a letter «5 3 and w h en move n t


wi t h e mz e is wri tte
fi tfi rfi , t he let t er
h in e i t her c se n as a
J
a

su r mou ted by a h e mz e sign th s ii bi s a 15:b u a


n u , v
, >
,
L5
>
s .

S uch disguise d m e di l h e mz e m y be follow e d by a lo g


a a n

v owel le t ter a ; ffi ad me s l J é f If t he
s
i
; as , fi ni r s
)
, u .
,

h e mz e be ch ge d i to a fig ure
l

an d be followe d by
n
6 lo g ,
an a n

v ow e l l i t beco mes ch anged in T u rk ish and sometimes


, ,
in
O f I O I 0

A rabic , i nto a consonant ‘


as i n iyé s é t (f U

L5 c ow s) r o r W
) ,

ri>as é t) .

There is a striki n g p e culi ari ty in cert ain Turkish O ttom an


d eriv ativ e s wh ich c auses gr e at e m barrassm e nt to students
, ,

and h as filled c o n t inenta l T urk ish d ic t io n a r ies an d gr amm a1 s

D
34 T
O T O M A N T U RK I SH GR A MM A R .

w i t h totally m isguidi n g e x amples an d ru les of pronuncia t ion ,

w i t h reg ard to t he i n t e rch an ge able v owel le t ters -


J
an d
L5 .

Th e p ec u li arity a rose I i m agine whe n


, ,
al l Ot to man Turkish
w as provi n ci al ,
an d was go v er n ed by the pronu n ci ation of

A sia M ino r , variously m odified in its v arious provinces .

Thus the e arliest writers m ade us e ,


in al l such deri v a t i v e
words , of th e vow e l letter -
, (wh e n they u sed an
y at a ll
) .

o )

w 1 ot e i }
l

They ,
t h e re f01 e , '

; gelfi b s , u
j J S gl d db , U
g
i
i q dc h ub ,

JO
ri j
;

g
q irub
i q flm i b ; an d d ,b 1133 1
1
u 111 f
l l é ll fi ;

u
,
&c .

These deri v a t ive s became i n course of t ime in E urop e , , ,


an d

in C onstan t inople , modifie d in pronu nci ation into g l ib g id ib e , ,

q é c h ib , q iti b , q u ruh ,
b ds h li, é lll, & c . The orthography ,
ho w

ev er ,
h as rem ain e d s acr e d e x cepting in ,
th e c ase of pro v i n ci als ,

O I
O 0

; “ 3A;
I

who so me t t me s w r 1t e , as they pronou n c e , 1. 4 x .


3
O o ) :

J
J I , & c b , é l l , &c . This subj ect W ill b e fur t h er
d e veloped ln th e p aragraphs on E uphony .

Proc e ed w e now to th e phone t ic v al u e s of th e conson ants .

Th e letter L) ,
equ al l y u sed in O t t oman w ords of A r abic ,

Persi an Turkish , ,
an d foreig n origi n has the v al ue ,
o f ou r 6

ge n er ally whe ther i t be i n i t i al medi al or fin al


, , ,
in a word .

Thus : in b e d , 3 : b lr,
3
5 b ar,
34 biz ,
buz ,
b fi z , b dz , b dz

i 13 rib Ft
9
-
i , la) r sb t s fib dt ; L K k itsb , u
p j é nnb , e .,
,
00
1
.

CA;
0 0

é t ib , U
P
h At b , q dl b ; &c . B ut wh e n medi a l or fi n al ,

e ndi ng a sy ll able or word , it som e tim e s a n omalously takes , ,


T H E L E T T ERS AND O R T H O GRA P HY . 35

th e v alue o f o ur p . Thu s i t is common to hear LU ,


k l ti p ,

1.
3 L t op , Lml E speci ally 18 t his the c ase
S
k

w ith t he g e l u n ds in u
};
as , U
J
g
- id
g p
A l , u
}? e
g lp ,
l
o J J )

ydzi ,
p 6q up , u
jfi
iti
q p .

The Persi a n letter u is our


p in all positio n s .

I
” p é dé r,
O l

bl
l

1p . Th e P e t s ia n w 01 d L
; zi sp e , an d the Turk ish
word to p are usually w 1 itten wi t h
, u .

0 1 1

The A r abic o is o u r 25 in a ll posi t ions : taj l é té l


l} t a) ,
C
, ,

01

l l é t i ‘At
0

111117 1 i L ) ow l i t, u l ot I n Turk ish gr amm ar


j
.
, , ,

i t i s so m e t imes ch an ged i n t o mo v ent . s in deriv ati v es when i t ,

0 0 )

i s orig i n ally fi nal an d


q u iesce n t ; ddrt , dd t dfi nj u ,
'

as , a ; 5 s 3
) 6
0 ) J
Us 3 dd rdfi n , 11 3 dd t dé , L9 ) 3 ddrdfl , s : dfi rdfl m, & c g a l
r)
. .

11, 11111 , 1d1p ,


11
-
53 4 1151 , as 11
g , p g g n,
u

g
ai ? t l d
g p,i
5
1
43
1
3 l
g jl
dl ; &c .

The A rabic c; . is foun d in A r abic wor d s o n ly and ,


in a very
fe w borrowed from t he G reek . I t s origin al v a lu e is th a t of
0 , , l ~

o ur t h in thi nk ; so th at l b l aya-t h fi lug, for 5 7 10; 196 07167 0 9,


a j y

w as not as b ad as our b is hop fo r é i -- a-xo vro


n g . B ut in Tu rkish
an d Persia n this v alue is u nknown ; the l e tt e r is pronou n c e d
as (sh arp never z
our 3 ) s d lfi g i s ther,e fore the Turk ish ,

n am e o f E phesus c w li 1s pro n ou n ce d s ab it
j l s r c b
, l ih dft s ,
ee ,
0

a
1 0

a ,

&c . I n som e A r abic -


spe ak ing countri e s this l e tter has b ec o me
I II
a t ; as , 1115 11, &c .

Th e A rabic in Turkis h is our s oft g, whic h w e r e prese n t


C
36 T
O T O M A N T U RK SH GR A MM A R I .

by a j in al l positions of all words wh atev e r t he ir origi n , .

O
Thus , 3;
o

j ins , “
0 ’

db l
O i

éj n as l agh aj
,
c
“ 1 ”

I n so m e A r abic .

O 0

0

speak i g cou tries i t


n n is pro ounced like
n ou r ha r d 9 as , as

e
m sg id ,
s eg da, & c . S om et im e s it t ake s th e sh arp so u n d
of ’ q v.
E
.

Th e Persi an has th e valu e o f o u r ch in ch u rch , of o ur t ch


5 ,

in cru t ch . We n e ver us e t h e l at ter orthog r aphy i n o ur t r an s


l iter ations — a lways th e form e r
, ; as ,
11 11111 111,
1
F
l> ch fim ,

e
)

;
0 1 0 e

OJ ) ? ch ih é k , LJ
JJ ) 111
1 11 1111,
{
d lc h , us}
; ch k ,

ch ich k e . I n Turk ish d e riv atio n t his le t t e r i n T urkis h , ,

or foreign (not Persian and th e r e are n o Arabic ) words , ,

som e times b e com e s A rabic but not as a rule , .

E
Th e A r abic has the harshly aspirated sou n d of o ur 11 in
C
h o r s e, hu r l, her no t i t s soft sound ,
as h e ard in hea d, h im, h a lf ,
O I ,

&c . I t is chie fl y u sed A r abic words ; as W 1


1 1
1 5 1
,
11 ,

in o

3;
a o

uh» h us éyn , h e 11111111 , j ur h W e r e presen t i t by h ;


C
.

c
s om e a dopt h to distinguish i t from 11 q v A spirat e i t al v1 ays
, ,
. . .

T h e A rab ic has n o e q ui v al e nt in o u r l an gu ag e I t is t he
C
.

c ounterpar t o f th e S cotch an d G e rman ch i n lo ch ich & c I t , , .

is generally t ranslit e rate d leh, as in the pr e s e nt tre at is e . U nti l

t he s t ude n t h as l e arnt its t ru e pronu n ciation h e should con ,

sid e r it as a v ariety o f h, and never pro n ounce i t as a k,

esp e cially w hen i t is i n i t i al . Thus k h idi v ( pronou n ce


00 » J

i
,

hidiv , no t k ldi v ), l b k l ud . v é n dgh y ar (pron 11 111111 . .


38 O TT O M A N T U RK SH I G R A MM A R .

Th e A r abic is our z in e v e r y word and e very position ;


0 ) ( P

cl d, fl ) z ii r n e z d, l 5 l 52 ,

z i r, az,
°

12 ,
) z e1 ,
o
f
;
) )

&c c

The Persi an j i s on ly foun d in P e rsi an an d Fr e nch words


it is of t h e valu e o f our 3 i n tr eas u re , p le a s u r e, an d is tra n s
I ( ) 0’ O J 1 f l

l itera te d zh ; h iiz h , é z h mfi rdé , 1111


z p
.

mi z h or, & c . It is of very rare occurrenc e .

Th e A rabic U
” is a soft 3, always follow e d by a soft vow e l
in al l w ords . I t m ust never b e pronounc e d as z thus Lil as a , ,
o o 0 ’
:
; qé v s , “ su z, uz
U )
s
j ) s .

as E S
The A rab ic U
s is o u r s h, a lways ; ,
lf; 15 11
51 , U A is h ,

é
n sh r .

Th e U" in Turk A rabic


ish i s a hard 3 u s e d in Turk ish , , ,

an d foreign word s also to desig n ate a hard v owel t hus Ss l , ,

0 1 0 ? J 01 0

Ass , o w l fis mé q , w e
” s usmfiq , W ” qis mdq . N e v er l ead i t z .

The A rabic U
5 is very peculiar bei n g used in ,
A rabic w ord s
only . It is g e n e rally pronounced as a h ard z in Turkish bu t ,
1 0 1

sometim e s as a hard d; thu s o ! r az i La; q itz a u


é lEJ l é n qa z ;
,
d ) , ,

K
0,

6
l qad i , q a zi ’
l i1sk é r (vulg . 1 :
Ls q o
)
l;

3 5 k ér
,

&c . I ts A rabic sound is ini m itable to a E uropean wi thou t

lo n g practice .

Th e A rabic lo , b e sides b e ing an el e men t of A rabic words ,

always as a hard t, i s u se d i n T u r k ish and foreign words ,

som e tim e s w ith that valu e sometimes as ,


a very h ard d, when
TH E L E T T ERS A ND O R T H O G RA P HY . 39

Q l
i
in it ial Thus i tt ;
k hz Llo t i t li, l,
al
.
,

d agh , tuz ,
d il d o I
t iq é mdq,
O E ] d dv rdnmd
q . .

The A rabic la is used in A r abic words o n ly as a very hard ,

2 . Thu s ,
F l llo zal im ,
(
Us z ul m ,
J
l
o

i
e zifr , J
o

i:
n z af r L; b azz e , ,

lob las ‘
mdh z u z .

The A r abic is as a gen e ral rule used i n A r abic word s


a ,

only . It i s a s t ro n g guttura l convulsion i n an A r ab throat ,

soft en e d i n Turk ish to a h ia tu s and oft e n dis appe aring e n tirely , .


W e represen t it by a G reek Thus i
' '

sp zrztu s a sp er. ,
z s r,

o o , o ) 0 o o , 0 3 0 ;

!

" t il

h m é a lafi ‘ ma tfi Th e Turk ish
'

cf
”1 ca
» s l fi q t q
,
. .
,

word (for J )
o l l is however w
t abs i t h its deriv a t iv e s .
, , ,

always written with this letter of cours e corrup t ly ,


.

The A rabic is , origi nally a peculi ar A rab ian k in d of


a ,

ha rd 9, with a so u nd v e rge in g on th at of th e French r gras s éyé ,

which E n gl ish d and ies som e tim e s imitate . B ut i n Turkish


pronunci atio n i t i s ei t her a simpl e ha r d 9, w hen in it ial ; a

L111 . l
g b,al d i d; gafi é t , 1x l§ g ayd a & c ; an d eith e r that wh e n
,
.

medial or fi n al in A r abic words only or lik e ,


our soft e n e d gh

i n Turkish wor ds ; o ft e n disapp e ari n g ,


or n early so, an d

ch angi n g l ik e i t i n to , ,
a w soun d a fte r or b e for e an d tfi rfi

Thus Jl n l lgfal “ s adg ”a magffi r Lg Bls i


0 0 , o ,

h ard vowel
'

a
a
.
, , . , n a

13 3
3
agh u maq ,
O J )
£ 11; d agh 3 1511113
111 11
,
sbw an d o w an 7
, , ,

}
J

S b Wfi fl '

uf
U
o t aq , do ? la w dt a; & c .

T h e A r abic u is ou r f in all words and all positions .


40 T
O T O M A N T U RK I SH GRA MM A R .

Ther e i s no re ason what e v er to write the se n seless fa lse ,

L ati n French i n ste a d of


j; in c a l zp h, corruption o f
'

-
p k as a
00 1 0 OI
1111111111, Thus ,
l rz , 1117 , S M .

The A r abic 15 is o ur
q i n all wo r ds an d al l positions . It
i s erro n eou s an d regre tt able to represe n t i t by k ,
as i s gener ally
o fi )

E
r .

do n e . Th e words O bj q ui an v
,
l dq , wa t
q , are thus co r

re c t ly re n dered le a ving th e
,
k to r e present i ts legitim ate
an cestor , e) .

T he A r abic e), in al l words an d all posi t ions i s our ,


lo
.

Wh e n initi al in a word or syll able b e fore a long l or


)
vowel ,

an d a lso be for e a short d tfi rfi vowel it borrows i n


, ,
an O ttom an
m outh the sou n d
,
of a y a ft er i tsel f b e for e the vow e l bu t not
so before the sho r t d s t fi n, th e short é s ere, or the lo n g i vowel .

Thus ,
/
&S k yfizlb , g s
h é l é k yfi l &iéé ,
k yd p é k e
k di ,

A ? k iram ,
v ék il . I t s n am e in , A r abic , r e quires no
()
additio n ; b ut in Persi an an d T urk ish i t h as to b e disti n
gu ish e d from the Persi an le tt er of t h e sam e form bu t widely ,

/
di ffer e n t phon e tic v alue . It is the n term e d “ /
f f c u b k yafl

dré b lyye . In A r abic an d Pe r si an O tto man words i t rem ain s
u n change able by gr amma t ic al in fi e x io n ; bu t i n T urk i sh
words ,
when fin al , i t undergo e s phon e tic degra datio n on

b e comi n g mov e n t and i s pro n ounced ,


as a Persi an 1s), an d

e ven as a
y ; or so me t i me s as a w aft e r an d tfi rfi vo w e l .

Thus ,
lp ek , d i a l ip éyifi, afi lj v .
é
p yé , L X - z ‘ip éy i ; My) :
T HE L E T T ERS AND O R T H O GR A P HY . 41

The P ersi a n e) , c alled s K k yafl farls lyy é, an d


'

11. . U
7

k yafl faris i ,
or
Lbf;
1
7
3 6 19 5 11 1j ami (v ulg
1
' ’
z .


éj ét m

k ii fl) is the
,
P e r si a n ha r d 9 . It is unk n own i n A r ab ic ,

i s unch an ge able in Pe r sian wo r ds ,


an d is n e v er final in

T urk ish words or syll ables . Thus , c} f; s eg, él é ; s é glfi ,

A é ; s g
a e e 5;,
1
s é gl ; 36 gal . I n ordin ary writi n g an d pri n t
i t is u n dis t i n guished fro m i ts A rabic origi n al ; bu t t h e Pers i ans
3 K
I

mark it with a d ouble d ash : ? fi


gy ,l » s
. eg . I n so m e
Tu rkish books 11 i s m ar ke d w ith thr e e dots : AK ,

Th e Ot to man e) ignore d by all previous writers


,
e aster n ,

and wester n co n sequently ,


n am eless b ut which we v e nture
,

to term Sill; u
/
b k yafl
'

os manlyyé , th e O tto man e) , is


fou n d in Turk ish words o n ly as a medi al or ,
a fi n al n e v e r
,

as an i n i t i al to a word t hough it is used,


a s an i niti al letter in
a n o n- ini t i a l syll able . Its phonetic v al ue i s th at of our y in

a ll c a ses though i t
,
h as no m ark to disti n gu ish it . It i s both
r adic al ,
as in Q ; b ey, 3
C ; dlyll, l
yy l rml ; or it is gr am
mat ic al , decle n s ion al ser v ile repr e sen t ing
, ,
a s o fte ne d A r abi c

r adic al or servile e) , b e co m e mo v en t as i n , x
c
u
é k yd p é k ,

11 a; k yd p eylfi , k yfi p éyé , k ydp éyl ; a


” .

s urm é k, s fi rm é yl n é ;
) s a v dik ,
s dv dlylm,

(Ri g gs; s av dlylfi , s av dlyl . M ost E urope a n w rite rs


42 T
O T O M A N T U RK SH GR A MM A R I .

r e pr e s e n t this v al ue by 9 71 ; bu t t he practic e is insu ffi ci e ntly


con s i de red and a ltoge t her m isle adi n g
, .

The O t t om an n a s a l 19 , dis t i n guishe d by the nam e of su rd n,

2k
1
st l gh ir mi n, is a seco n d special T urkish pho n etic v al ue
of the let t er or nas al le t ter which we t r ansliterate wi t h the
,

S p anish n as a l n . It has th e phonetic v al u e of our E n glish n


g
na a s l as,
in s in
g t h
,
in ,
g &c . I n ordin ary wri t i n g an d p r int i t
,

h as no m ark by whic h a student m ay recogniz e it ; but som e


ti mes t hree dots d isti n guish it ,
an d o ne rece n t wri te r h as

ma rked i t with o ne do t , e) (as wi t h h im th e th re e dots Lj ,


i’

s e r ve to point out t he P ers ia n let t er or sound ) . This v alu e


i s n e v er i n i t i al to a word . As a medi a] i t som e times e n ds
, ,

so me t i mes begins a syll able as ,


Lg
l llé l afi lamdq (vu lg Ann a .

maq), 11111
11 (vu lg . t é ri) ; gydfi dl , 3 9 3d e niz ,

j 383 s ofi rfl (v
ié l a niz £ ,
u lg . s or é ) . Whe n fin al to a word ,

I
0

it is usu ally sound e d as a simple n ; as éb b éfi (b é n), ci »


,
t
san
(lfi S an ln ),(g al iM
n
) Q B; dg ifi
é
a l
ri ( )
d i n s o fi ,

Whe n m edi a lly fin al i t is u su ally softe ne d i n l ik e man n e r ,


or

g
o

i s elide d i n pronunci ation l i é l an d its deri v a t e s (its e l f


. In
deriv e d from M i a) t he following J i s e xcep t ion ally incor
,

p o ra t e d wi th i t i n pronunci a tion as t hough by a ki nd o f ,

i nv e rsion of the conv e rsion for th e J o f the


A r abic rule of

de fi n it e article Jl b e for e c ertain l e tt e rs c alle d s o la r (for wh ich


s e e n e x t p a r a gr a ph o n l et t er
J) .

Th e A rabic J is o ur letter I in all words and all pos i t ions


T HE L E TT ERS AND O R T H O G RA P H Y . 43

O ) , 0 0

J
1 1

as ] l dzu m, u dl a l in la 1111 Th e Turk ish word Né l,


,
P JJ , .
&
men t ioned abo v e i s wi t h its de r i vat i v es
, , ,
a moder n O t tom an
e xcep t ion of t he c ap i tal ; an d the A r abic rule fo r the con
version the J o f t he defi n it e ar t icl e Jl in pro n unci ation
of , ,

w h e n followe d by a no u n o r pronoun beginni n g wi t h a s o la r


e ms

0) 0 0 1

l e tt e r , u
j
a h a rfi sh i, i n to th at sol ar letter re du p l i

os ted by a t é s h di d, is a cl as sic al excep t io n peculi ar to ,


A r abic

compounds . Th e s o la r letters are fourte e n in n u mber (ex actly


the h al f o f th e al ph abe t ) ; v iz .
, o ,
c) , .s, S’ J ’
J ’

u , U
S , u
p ,

U
5 ,
la , la , J , 0 ° T h u s we h av e &
“A
l
!

é t t in, — l l és s e me
bp
s n,

d i l l és s e me k
C ul ao

es s fi mn , c Jl é d dd d , - C
_ é z z lk r,
- -
,
J
0 0 5 10 1

é S h -sh e ms (whenc e th e n ame of


1 m10 ,
lu l l es s dfa ,
" 0

ӎd dub s
,

u p , 0 w a

LLJ‘éz
s

ls fi
é z- zuba J llaJ l é t t all z u lm i ll A]
o 0 10 1
, ,
C /
,
V w ,

l a z imJl , én n ur . In the pro n oun L5 3J l, an d its deriv a t iv e s ,


t h e wri tt en o f th e articl e dis appe ar s also The sig pl a ced
J n .

0 0 :

ov e r the J so om i t te d in pro n u n ci ation is n ame d v w é s l J ” , , .

j u n ct io n ; an d is the letter a of th a t word spe ci ally m odi fi ed .

u ,

Th e A rabic le t t e rs ‘ an d u are o u r 771 an d 11 respec t ively i n ,


l
O o

posi t io n s Jl; 3
f !

al l w ords an d mal, J l é mé l, b é n lm1 3


5 5 n a zir
. a
}
r? ,

u} h lll Z I ] .

The A r abic le t ter J i s s ometi m es a conson ant sometimes a ,

vowel . When a conso n a nt it ,


h as t he phonetic v alue of o u r v ,

of our w, or of these two combined the , 1) begi n n i n g ,


an d th e
0 / I

w e nding th e sound of th e lett e r . Thus ,


J ;
l v ar , g a l)‘;
j ew ab ,
44 T
O T O M A N T U RK S H I G R A MM AR .

0 0 :

vw as f, 5 v w aq i The e ar a lon e ca n decide th e s e


C ) .

di fferences . B u t whe n t he co n so n a n t ) i s reduplic a t ed i n an

Jj
C w ;
é
A r abic word i t ,
h as
l a l ways th e 1) v al ue ,
as, avv al , l

av val O t tom an corru p t ion e ven then m ay sou n d i t i n h ard


q .
,

le tt ere d wo r ds , as a reduplic at e d w— q a w w al . The word b y;


q fiw w af (or q aw af) is an O tt oman corruption of A rabic

k h afl af .

When the lett er J is a vow e l i n an A r abic or Persi an word ,

i t alw ays h as t h e v al ue o f 11 ; excepti n g a fe w Persi an word s ,

become O tto ma n v e r n a cul ars i n whi ch i t t ake s ,


th e sou n d of o .

c ) : 0 9 0 , 0 ) O J
Th u s lfi z u m, memn u n sh u r (d us t ) dos t
;
,
(9 ) ) o m : ,

J) kh o sh (kh u sh
) I n Turkish and . foreign wo r d s i t i s
g e n er ally i f n o t al ways short a n d may h av e e i t her the v alue
, , ,

o f e o r of 11 ii 17
, 1 wh ich there i s n o m eans of d isti n guishi n g
, , , ,

sav e th at o f a cco m p an yi n g ha rd o r s ofi co n so n an t s Wi t h a ‘


.

hard co n sonant i n a T urk ish or foreign word the vowel letter


, ,
-

of te n o m itted mu st a v e the sou n d o f ei t h e r <5 o r 13


1 u n less
J ( ) h ,

i t be co n si dered lo n g whe n i t b e comes ,


0 o r 11 ; t hus , Ly )
;
0 1 0 J
q sq ; urma Wi t h a s oft co n son an t i t m ust be re a d
a v) q q ,
.
,

ei t her d or d, u o r 11 as M413 fi z mek , S uz l d If


; } y
.
,

the a cco mp anying conson an t or conso n ants be neu tr al ,


al l

guid a n c e i s lost ; as ,
b oz ,
b uz, b fi z , 5 13
12 ,
s uz . In

d e ri v a t i v e s there is howev e r frequen t ly a ser v ile v owel


, ,
or

c o n son ant ,
h ar d or soft th a t helps,
. Thus , LB) : b o z an ,
1
6)l
b uz luluq , gg) ;
e b fiz mek , s fi z mé k ; bu t j ) “ s u z has no
46 O TT O M AN T U RK SH GR A MM A R I .

an l; as , ( gal l ldl ,
irlamfiq . W he n medi al it i s a l w ay s ,

lo n g in A r abic an d Persi an wo r ds ; as ,
j e
a l mir ,
b in .

I n Turk ish an d fo r e ig n wo r d s ,
m ed ia l vowel L5 i s ge n er al ly i f ,

W hen fi nal
C I O 0 1 0

not alw ays shor t ; a s , sis


/1) v r l mé k , q i i
rmz
q .

in an A r abi c wo r d ,
it is also a l w ays short ; as ,
L5
5 6 q az i,
G )
a l

; da i L5) l> j a 1 l
'

r az i e s ar l & c B ut t here are hos t s


v il
.
, , , ,

o f A r abic words e n di n g 1n reduplic a t ed co n son a n tal k5 which , ,

i n Persi a n an d Turkish are u sed a s A r abic words ge n er ally , ,

w e t

a dj ecti v es ter mi n a ti n g i n a long v owel l or i ; as L5 ”yevmi


, ,
? ,

S en evi,
a) C
:
sh hri e ,
u

5
1 9
1 1

° aré b i,
C
5
»
)
l9 farisi ,
6
4a: q at 1,

" —
5 1 )

J uq i,
LA
h if i
O0
3 . z ,
&c . Wh e n these beco me fe mi ni n e th e ,

reduplicated n a t ure of the ir fi n a l co n so nan tal L5 becom e s


a pp are n t ,
as L; , y é v ml
yyé , g a a l ; q fit iyy é , & c .

Ther e are m an y Persi an d er i va tive words adj ec t ives or ,

subst an t i v e s (besides others n o t u sed i n Turk ish ) which ,

re ally e n d i n l o n g vowel (5 Th e adj ec t ives a r e precisely .

s imil ar to the A r abic adj ec t i v es j ust desc r ibed as m odified in ,

P ersian an d Turkish ; bu t they h a v e n o fe mi n i n e Thus .


,
t o )

sh ah i ‘
royal ; k h us revi, ‘
mp e r1al s l1 1r 1z 1,
)”

n l it. , 1 , L5
u

of S hira z ,

&c . T he substan t i v es indic ate abs tr ac t qu alities ;
s h ahi royal ty ); ezi ri , offi c e fu n c

as, s lit , L9 v v e z irial or
L5

tions ; ’
&c .

T urkish an d fo r ei gn fi n al a ,
ra dical or s e rvi le is always a ,

g f k é dl, (5 sv i,

sho1 t vowel ls ls b ab zi
; as ,
) t5,
1
LS
a

S ini o d ayi ” t é réj l, & c


, ,
L5 ) .
T H E L E T T ERS AN D T
O R H O GRA P HY . 47

Th e vowel s l an d a are som e ti mes interchang e able in

T urk ish words an d deri v ations ,


an d are sometimes omitt e d ,

w i t hou t an
y in fl exible rule bei n g assig n abl e . Thus , Mo b i l ,
0 , t o

, W l , l t memé k , are al l a d m issible . Th e tru e ru l e


is : “N e v er i nt roduce a vowel le t ter i n to a Turk ish or for e ign
w ord without r e mo v ing a possible doubt as to pronunci at ion
nev e r l e ave ou t a vow e l in such word i f by th e omiss ion a ,


doubt is creat e d as to pro n u n ci ati o n . The orthogra phy of
'

A r abic an d Persi an words is fixed ,


an d a dm its of no such
vari a t io n . Persian word s ad m it howev e r , , of a bb r e v i at ion by
th e om ission o f a vowel , as , a t: sh a h , a}
; Sh h e p adsh ah
p a d ish a h ) S o l
(

(vu lg .
,
:
p d sh éh ;
a illiz l;
1 0 1

s h a h ns h l éh , sh eh l ns h ah , sh é h lu s h é h ; &c .

I m a n y Turki sh wo r ds the vowels J a n d L5 are used fo r


n

o n e a n other by di ffe r e n t wri t ers at di ffere n t times in di ffere n t , ,

pl aces ; e v en at o n e plac e an d time ; e v e n by o n e w r i te r a t


di fferent t i mes or in the sel fs ame docume n t ; bu t thi s last as
,

a license o r an i n a dverte n cy C onsistency in t his m a t t e r i s .

J fl ’

advi s able . Thus we h ave : b a sh lu J l b as h li ,X gé lfln


,
u )
, ,

X e l 5rd, i ri
'

g l r
J ) ) L9 ; &c ; . words di fferen t ly writte n bu t ,

t he sel fs a me in re al it y .

Th e O t to man al ph abet i s di v ided into t hr e e classes of c o n


son an t s h a r d soft a n d n eu t ral The h ard lette rs are ni ne in
, , , .

n u mber l l The soft le t ters


63 6
b a
C C 5 a , a
u u ’ ’ , , , , .
L
9

a re only s ix : l c) The r e m a ining l e t t ers


'
c » a
J u , , , , , .
,
48 O TT O M A N T U RK I S H G RA U M A R .

s ixte e n in t h e whole , a re n e utral u 1 9 ,


7
c; s
.

z
u ,

As the or t hogr aphy of e v e ry A rabic and Persian O t t o ma n


word i s fixe d and uncha n ge able it is o n ly in Tu r k ish , a nd

foreig n O tt om an words and ,


in the declensions an d co nj ug a
t ions of al l O t toman word s t h at t he rules rel at i n g t o h a r d ,

an d so ft le t ters are c arried ou t


. This i s t he firs t an d chief
part of th e be a u t iful sys t em of O tto ma n eupho n y .

I f an
y o ne of the h ar d or s o ft co n so n an t s is us e d in a
T urk ish O tto man wor d ,
al l t he o t her radic a l an d se r v ile
lett e rs of the word ,
of i ts deri v at ions an d ,
of i t s declension
or co nj u g a t io n ,
m ust be of the s ame cl a ss or ,
of t he n e u te 1 s .

ag
C O /

az mii ,
gez mek ; g l

Thus w e ha v e : 6
65 q q s u l; q az digh i,

Lgj s

s gé z myl ; q

éirliq, ég
ygyfi mk z &c .

The O t to man vow e ls ar e also of these thre e cl a sses . Th e


h ard vowel s are 3
1, a, i, i, b , 6 , eigh t in all . The so ft
vow e ls also e ight : a, e, l ,
i, ii , 11, d, 11 The n eu tral v o w els
a re a, a, a . Thes e vow e ls al w ays acco mp an y t hei r o wn cl ass
of co n so n an ts , or the neu t ra ls . The ne u tra l vowels ca n

a ccompa n y any cl ass of co n son an t . Thus w e h a v e bl; b ab a ,

bl an d, L b
a
p a sh a ,
L; S an, U : b é n, q l rmaq ,
f
efi g g
y lrmé k ,

q omél ;
q , L5 3 ) q urmérq ,
4

mj gy fi z é t mé k , el
v y gyfi rmek .

W hen i n a Turkish O tt o man word a vowel is the domi nan t


l e tt e r ,
it s consonant or consonants b e ing neutrals the de e l e n ,
T HE L E TT ERS AND O R T H O GR A P HY . 49

sio n co nj ugation an d derivation from that w ord follow th e


, ,
0 1 04 "
cl ass to which t he dominant vowe l b e lo n gs thus ,
atmaq ,

u
l
f l agh h liq , irl amaq , l ummaq, w
i g] s ogh ramaq

15) :yfi mék i


3

d u ll elé mék , d
i
ll l nmek , L z , L l fi rmé k .

When an A r abic or Persi a n word i s declin e d or d e riv e d


fro m in O tto man Turk ish i ts last dominant letter
, , or vowe l
decides w heth e r th e d e cl e nsion or derivation s h all be made
with h ard or s oft l e tt e rs and vowels thus , lo) :1 ° mé rb ut ,
( J O

ll
a y
o
J C /

)
. mé rb u t luq ; k l é m1r, adj “; é mi rllk ; U LLl a s gn ’
U
0 0

M “1 ,

a san llq &c .

When th e sol e dominant vowel of a Turk is h O ttoman word ,

or th e l ast dominant l e tter or vowel of a Turkish ,


A rabic ,

Persi an ,
or foreign O ttoman word is , of th e 0 or u cl ass h ar d ,

or soft ,
al l possibl e consonants an d all vowels i n th e declensio n , ,

conj ug atio n ,
or derivation therefrom ,
no t only con form to t he
class of such domin an t but furth e rmor e all consecutive servile , ,

vow e ls i n t he d e rivati v es th at would o therwise b e é s é ré ,

b e com e fitiirfi , of th e class of th e dominant ; th at is become ,

a wh e n th e domin ant i s 6 or i
i , and becom e 6 when the
domi n an t is 6 . or i i; thus , Q il l o lg u n gi 3j i dlgd
u , , nl uq ,
£5 3 3
3
b l dfi , w h y; t utgd n , t ut gun luq, t ut du ; dif fs”;
o 0 1 0 ) J

O ) O)
: s fi rfi s h dfirmék
O 1 0 )

mek , Li
v
as
)f ,
s fi rfi s h dfi rfi l mék ;

% M
) ) é gyfi rfi s h dfi rmé k , eu
j
x wé
50 O TT O M A N T U RK S H G R A MM A R I .

d rfi s h dfi rfi lmé k B ut if in such words an ds t fi n vow e l


gy .
, ,

com e in by t he ordi n ar y cours e of deri v ation or co nj ug at io n ,

an d be follow e d by a syll able or syll abl e s wi t h an e se re


v owel ,
th e i n fl uenc e of th e radic al domi n an t fi tfi rd is dest r oyed
0 0 0 , J O 0 4 0 , J
by such inter v en t ion 3 } b ozds h maq , b dz us h
as ,
5 0
9
O I O OI J
maq liq , b oz ds h mi gh in sk i-
b f gydrfi s h mé k ,

gy drds h mé k llk ,
M f gy dl fi s h mé l n
y .
( 51 )

C HA P TE R II .

T H E O TT O M AN A CC I DENCE 0R E T YM O L O GY .

SE CT I O N I . T he N ou n S u bs t an tive .

T H E RE is no g e n de r . If t he fem ale o f an a ni mal has no t a

n
o

speci al n ame 2 :

a d mo re,
,
as ,
0) (t w q) ,
a hen , a

C15 1 (lnék ) ,
a co w ,
é ( q a nj
s iqls
) a b it ch the fe m al e is n ame d
, ,

as with us , a che ” (d ish i) as U ;N l (d i s h i al s l a


,n ) ,

a l zo nes s &c . If t h e fem ale be a gii l o r wo man s h e i s n e v e 1 ,

}
,

na med d ish i but i s mentioned


,
as ; ( )
q iz , ma id e n , or
{J (
l} q ar i),
0

ma t r o n , acco r di n gly ag ) (i k h iz mé tj l), ib


,
as ,
f ; or
c
r

m ma id , ma zw " l a) ?

(k h iz é t l i
j q ),
z a s erva n t a d s ervant c
s
-
.
(q zu i
3
as hj i), or “ L5 54 5 4 (as hj i q a ri) ,
a w o ma n co o k , a c o o k w o ma n .

Th e r e is , r e ally no d e clension
,
of nouns in T u 1 k is h ; b ut
t h e pre positions perh a ps e ight in number by som e terme d
, ,

are subj oi n e d to th e nou n singul ar plural


p os tp o s it zo n s , , or ,

th e plural b e i n g always forme d by addi n g th e s


y l la b le
/
l (lar ,

lé r) to th e singul ar ; thus

N om .
nl dq ( rar o w
) , g
J j
i l oqlar rr
( o ws )
a .

G en . 9 5) oq u fi (f o cal £
/ 3
oq lanin .
52 T
O T O M A N T U RK I SH GR A M M A R .

D at . sqa (t o aq u a .

13 sq a rda
Loc .
q
<5 (in
3}
11
A cc o qu (th e gfij l aq u a
o fil
. .

gj
o I 0

om
A bl . sq n (f r . oqlardan .

Ins t . 6a ( w it h bqlarla .

j q gg
E
O )

L
I

C a us .
f ‘ b ich u n ( or
f

[
/b l oq l ar lc h d n .

0 I f
) ;

N om .
J
l ev (h )
ouse , J
J J
l ev lé r (hou s es ) .

G en . é v lfi, é v lé rln .

D at . ev e, ev lé ré .

Loc . évdé , é v lé rdé .

A cc . é v l, e vl e ri .

Ab l . é v dé n , é v lé rden .

Inst é v lé é v lé rlé
o
. .
,

o,

C aus . é v ich u n , é v ler ich u n .

M ost Turkish singulars (not all) ending in c » softe n this .

l e t te r into befor e a j u n ction al vowel preposi t ion thus , ,

S}

(q u r t )
,
wo lf , U q1n dun , q urda, q urdu ; no t so

be f01 e a co n son an t or sep ar ate word as ,

3
0 0 )

ws j but d Jl at in, 1 6 111, & c .

M os t ,
if no t all , Turkish s in
g u la1 s , o f mor e th an o ne

syll able e n di n g in softe n it into b e fore j unctional


i

, v ,
8 ,


3 Q flgl;
l

vow e ls ; as ,
6 1 1 34 h d da
, ( c r qx trel lis , ch ardagh ifi ,
54 T
O T O M A N T U RK SH GR A MM A R I .

A rab ic an d Persi an subst an t i v es n e v er ch ange th e ir fin al


conson ants for d e cl e nsio n ; G A;
(t ab aq ) p l a t e , , wg- i
lo tab aqifi ;
é Lfi l (lms ak ) ,
re
f r a in in
g , J ail (lms ak é) ,
(s a l at ) 0 L ,

r
w o s hip , 3
L3
1;
(s al at i) . Th e ir fin al vowels follow th e s ame
rul e s with t hose in Turkish words ; (a ; r
p ya er glib ,
;

d an in) ;
c
3k; (p iy ad ) f o o t man
a e ,
-
, q u it s ,
l
(p yadeyé ); r ij l—
a
O J O I w ! )

c h ars u ) ma rk et, ( c h ars fi y u) ; ll) (s fi lasi ) t rilztera t


a ,
.
,

3
roo t ,
4 31 (
s fi lasiyl) .

0 6

Th e y form th e ir plurals as Turk ish words ; b ut P e rsian


nam e s of m e n and thei r k inds us e th e P e rsian p l ural also ,

i f j udg e d prop e r This is form e d by addi n g an fi s tfi n vow e l


.
,

followed by B l to th e final conson ant of the singular ; as ,

a
) (m
, rd ) man h
u } e (m rd au
)
, If the singul ar ends in a
, . e .

vow e l it is chan ged i n to consonant a) (P e rsian ) wi t h fi s til n


, ,

vowel be fore th e , : ,i of t he plur al ; a s, sa il) ; ma s ter,

S i ngul ars endi n g in vowel J


tak e con
son ant 5 instead of s) as ,
(kh u b ru
) a b eau ty in f a ce -
, ,

(kh ub r uy a n ) - . Thos e e ndi n g i n vowel 6 chang e i t


i nto consonant 6 in lik e mann e r ; as & g j (s l pah i ) man a t
,
. ,
-

a r ms
Lgeg? ( p y ) [
,
s l ah l an Persi an wr i
t ers expl ain this by .


s aying : Th e final long vow e l is in reality two l e tt e rs U ,

r ol l e d into o ne O n e of th e s e is now used as a


.

O ther Persian substantiv e s form the plur a l by adding the


I , o , r cO o

syll bl e a Ls h a ; as , lest» (nan h é ), lo aves , b reads, ie, -l


-
. .
(é sb h a),
-

h o r s es .
A ID
CC EN C E O R E T YM O L O GY . 55

A rabic plur als ,


of t h e regul ar forms for m e n an d wom e n ,

and of the various i rregul ar for ms fo r these an d o t h e r t hin gs ,

an d also t h e A r abic du als ,


are u sed in Turkish . The dual is
form e d by a dding followed by ; l (an ) in th e nomi n ative
fi s tfi n ,

which b e com e s 2; e
(y )
n in t he obliqu e c a se Th e latter is .

0 0 )

frequ e ntly us e d i n Turki sh as a no mi n ative ; as , u lna (q u tb ) ,

O O


I O ’

p o le,
o ut,
(q ut b a n
), oa
t
33 (qutb éy
9 n
)
, t h e t w o p o les .

Th e regul ar plural masculin e nom inativ e for men i s form e d


by adding d tfi rfi follo we d by Z9) ( )
fi n to th e singul ar . This
b e com e s e s ere ) i n th e obli q u e cas e also
followed by 3 (
’i n ,

us e d as a n ominativ e i n Turki sh ; th e plural fe minin e is wi t h


fi s tfi n followed by Ll (a t) in all cases ,
thu s , (m fi s l lm),
0 )

U i i (m u s
3

:
0

a M u s lzm, (mfi s l lmu n


), Lfl (m
‘fi s l l mi n
) , u

l im a t) ,
M u s lz ms .

The irregular A rabic plurals commonly us e d in Turkish


are of rath e r num e rous forms ,
an d th e r e ar e many more plural
forms us e d occ asionally . Th e s e irre gular plural A rabic forms

ar e not obtai n e d by adding a l e tt e r or letters vowel , o r co n

sonant to the e nd,


of t h e singul ar but by varying th e ,
v o vVe l

or vow e ls of the word and by adding lette rs consonant


, , or

v ow e l as th e cas e
,
may be before bet we e n
, , , or afte r th e ,

letters of t h e si n gul ar . To e n able the student to obtain


a fair i n sight into this very intric ate but be auti fu l syste m ,

I ha v e to sa
y ,
first of all t hat a p ar adig m has been
,
a dopted
°

b y Arab ian gramm arians accordi n g ,


to which al l such modi
56 O TT O M A N T U RK SH G RA MM A RI .


t l

fi cat io n s may b e e ffected T h ey h av e taken th e trilit e ral J”


.

(fee l s) as the repr e s e n tative o f any an d every trilite ral root

w ord an d they h av e modified this root into e v e ry sh ape th at


,

can under
,
an y circu m stanc e s be t ak e n by any derivativ e of
,

any trilit e ral root i n t he la n gu ag e . A ll thos e modific ations ,

w hen not mad e on th e vow e ls alone of th e triliteral ar e ,

e ffe ct e d by a dding s ervile letter s, or a s e vile r let t er, h er e an d

th e re b e for e afte r
, , ,
an d i n th e midst o f, the three ra dic a l
consonants with ,
ap p rOp riat e m utatio n s i n each c ase , , of th e
vo w els long,
or short in the, new word . Thus to sp e ak only
,

of A rabic nouns subst antiv e or adjecti v e u sed i n Tu rk ish w e


, , ,

have i n t he first place to l e arn th e f o r ms o f th e ir S ingul ars


, ,

f r t h e y all h ave definit e forms ) and th e n the forms o f the


( o ,

plur als special to e ach of these S ingul ars .

To facilit a t e an d syst e matiz e t his knowle dge th e ,


A rab i a n

gramm arians hav e divid e d the whol e l an gu ag e into s e ctions


of bili t eral trilit e ral quadri literal qui n quelite ra l
, , , , &c .
,
roo t s ,

3
which they t e rm respecti v ely 13 ( fi )
n afi ,
$ 1
3 ( fi las i),
, ,
L 3 s s

; g
;

G7
C (a
klhsum(
as t deei )
si
) & c Thes e , , .

ar e the Turkish pronuncia t ions o f t he terms I do n o t r e .

m e mber e v e r to hav e s ee n or h e ard t h e e xp r ession £5 t


(b h ad i), w hich would b e th e a n alogous n ame for u nili te ra l
root ; but it may perh aps be fou n d . O f t hese the trili te rals ,

form by very far th e most impor t an t an d n um e rous cl ass ,

th e qu adriliterals coming next . Th e s e ar e r e pre s e nted ,


A I
CC DENCE O R E T YM O L O GY . 57

I I 1

respectively by th e su pposititious paradig matic words J


, . ”
I d o l

(stal e) a n d J i s g

E ve ry triliteral root is th e or e tically capable of giving ris e


o

to fiftee n ch apt e rs of d e ri v ation call e d , ga l; (b ab , p l . u


l r gl
I f o l

é b v ab ) Thes e chapt e rs ar e r e spectiv e ly te rmed : 1, 4"J”


5
. .

1
1 0 O ’

é
'

( a al a
f b ab i) , th e ch ap t er o f the trilit era l 2,
Lf
’ ’ l M (t f i l
O 0 1 I [ I I )

b abi) , the ch ap ter o f (th e v e rbal noun ) Jzu j 3,


G
J l»Alf-li e
.

(m at e al e b aht) ; 4, $ 1
,Jla sl
(if al b ab
O
i 5
1 0

1
) , L$ 3, J s
e s

I 1‘ o

(t ea m
I C J I a O o O

3;
o

6, 1s (are al 7, 1 (in 2
11 8’ 9lh ll' il

15
.

g5

} ;

(11 1 i 4 (l l f al

11 1 f i
1 5 9,
L5 , ( lal 10,
15
s t
0 2 0

1, 311, 3 (1f 115 1


1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 11

13
11
1 1,
6 3
12 ,
15 3
9 a
J ne l (lf i
' '

al 13,
6 5
9

13 3 3 nl a
‘ ‘
l i 1 (l i
( f al 14, 1 11fi 1(lf inl al 15 ,
1 f
'

v v 1
6 0 1

Th e us e of w ords from th e l ast four chapters i s next to


unknown i n Tu r k ish i f not q uite ,
so ; and th e u se o f ch ap te rs
3 1
5 3 3132 3 ,
3

9 and 1 1, 5 :
is confined to th e ex pr e ssion of

colours the ,
se c b nd expr e ssing an in t en s ity of d egr ee . A ll the
o t h e r nin e ch apt e rs of derivation ar e constan tly met w i t h in

T urkish , as nouns substantiv e an d adjec t ive


,
. O ccas ion ally ,

e v e n a v e rb is used ; but as a k i n d of i nvoc atory i n t e rj ection .

A ll but the first th e s e n am e s (which is t h e form of thre e


of

out of th e s ix vari e ties o f its verb ) is th e form o f o n e o f th e


v erb al nou n s ,
or o f th e sol e v e rbal noun connected wi t h th e ,

v e rb of th e ch apt e r ; and e ach ch apt e r has t wo adj ectiv e s


/
58 T
O T O M A N T U RK SH GR A MM A R I .

d e ri v ing from i t t h e acti v e , and p assi v e p articipl e s of the ve r b


of th e ch a pter . Th e fi rs t ,
or tr iliter al ch apter possesses
, ,

fur t hermore sever a l other speci al form s


,
of nouns deri v i n g
fro m its v e r b other th an its ve r bal ouns (which are a k indn

of infi n i ti v e ,
or n ou n of a ction or bei n g correspo n di n g wi t h ,

E n glish subst an ti v e form in


'

o ur - zn
g, as , w a lk ing, s ingin g, cu tting,


la s t ing, & c as a cts state s ) O f these I giv e here


'

su e rzng, .
, or .
,

m e rely those fr equently m e t with in Turkish an d it m ust be


u nde r stood t h a t in this simple trilit e ral chapter the v arious
, ,

form s of ve r bal nouns are n e v e r all fou n d d e ri v i n g from on e


v e rb ; but certai n form s belong to o ne or mor e kinds of tri
liter al v erbs oth e rs to oth e r kinds , . These k in ds of verbs ,

again ar e , of two sorts ; ther e are v erbs tr an sitiv e or active ,

and ther e are v e rbs intransi t i v e or neuter ; an d certain v erb al


n ouns ar e mor e used th an others w i t h e ach of these two kin d s .

A g a in , there are th e six co nj ug ations of t his si m pl e trilitera l


ch apt e r ; an d each conj ug ation h as its preferen t i al form or

forms of The Turkish Q 5m118 diction ary dilates


v erbal nou n '

on t his subjec t more th an oth e r works an d mu ch in form atio n ,

can be obt ained from i t ,


in addi t ion to wh at should b e studi e d
in the G r ammar of th e A rabic L anguage by D r Wm W righ t ,

. .
,

vol . i. p . 109 , p ar . 196 whe r e 36 forms o f “n o mzn a


ver b z
'

, ,

are gi v en for this triliteral chap t er alon e ,


an d sever al o t hers

may b e fou n d i n D e S acy G ramm a ir e A rabe , 2 nd editio n

s ,

1831, vol . i
.
,
p . 2 83, p ar 6 2 8 . . Thos e that ar e princip ally
A I
C C DENCE O R E T YM O L O GY . 59

u sed in Turk ish are th e followi n g . 1, (ff m); 2, I} ( );


; fa a l t

0 0 ) 1 0 1

i
( );

3 J ” f l 4, J e
an their fe mi n in e s : 5, (falé )
6» (fi filé) ; (faie); th e same forms ,

with an insititious or servile long vow e l l


O
: 9, f j l;
3
)

h;
1 1 1 1

10, (f l )
a l ; 1 1,
J (
lx§ fu )
al ; an d th e ir feminines : 12 , ll
A xé

(fa a le ; 13
) ll é (fl ale) ; 14 all; (fua le) ; som e o f th e sam e
, A z
, ,

w ith long vow e l J o r L5 a n d th e ir fem ini n es 15 3


,
1; (fet al ) .
,

16 , s é 17 , M ul ) ; 19 A 18,
) ” (fa e ,

20, l ; t he s ame with fi n al servile u l add e d :


o
aa s
,

0 01

S ill;
1 1 0 )

U N”
( l i lan )
2 1, fi la.
) 22
n ; , (f 2 3,

sp e cial fe minine form : aa ll é t and th e sp e cial


24, (f y )
0 1 01

form s i n ini tial s e rvil e " with th e ir femini ne s : 2 5, J m.a


l
(mes a); 26 ,
2 7, (mef aie); 2 8,

w i t h the t wo sp e ci al forms ln I nitial servile with long


vowel l inte rcalated : 2 9,
0

Jlaffi
1 01

(t f 21 1) e
30 J l ai ,
0 I

x
O

Ma n y
original substantiv e s an d adj e ctiv e s ar e of o n e o r oth e r of the
forms her e given ; and i n fr e q uent c as e s it is dispute d w h e th e r
such words are substantiv e s or verb al nouns . Th e active p ar

3
;
t ic ip le , men of t hi s chapt e r is : 3 1, 1

no agen t zs , 3 32 ,

fe minin e , (fail s) ; and th e passi v e p articipl e ,


no men

p a t z

e n t zs ,

d is : 33, e
(m cf )
'

u l ; 3 4, fe mini ne , (m é f ul e) ;

de r ivativ e adj e ctiv e s are met wi th br anches ,


of this ch apt e r ,

as : 35 , J
0 0

xS
1

ffi
( ) ,
l ; 3 6 ;
J ( ) fa l l ; 3 7
et ;
J) ( fa ul ; fte n feminin e );,
O
38, ;
J (fa
32 and th e fe minin e o f t his l ast / 39 (fa11s ) .
,
60 O T T OM A N T U RK I SH G R A MM A R .

th e diminutiv e sub st antiv e or adj ectiv e :


, 40, th e
1 0 '

noun of unity : 4 1, the noun o f k ind or mann e r


4 2, f
( )i lé th e noun of
,
p lac e and tim e : 4 3 m é f 31; ,

1 1 OI

s om e tim e s mé ffil and mé f 313) th e noun o f th e plac e o f


1 1 01

abundanc e : 44, (mé f th e nou n of instrum e n t an d


0 1 0

r e c e ptacl e 45 , (mlf 31 sometim e s mlf and '


.
; 5 1 ,


mfi f

mlf 313; rar e ly and mixf fi lé ) and others still

which ne e d not b e classifi e d her e though a knowl e dge of th e ir ,

s p e ci al forms and meani n gs w h e n acquir e d assists gr e atly to , ,

an accurat e appr e ciation of A rabic diction , as occasionally m e t


w i th i n Turk ish .

T h e irregular plurals of th e se form s mostly m e t w ith w h e n ,


th e w ords ar e substantiv e s and masculin e ar e : 1 , , (é f 31)
O J ) O JO 1

4 35 1 5 , ,

6, 3L: 3
. an d 7, (f33lé ,
both for th e form 35 13)
[ 01

fi 3 and (é f 1 5 both for th e f01 m 137 1)


'

8, (f 15 ) 9, 1 ;

10, for th e form when they ar e femi n in e


0 )

for the form 5133fi lé)


1

i n form e ith e r ;
,
11, (113 1, ,
or 12 ,
0 1 01

ffi lé ), (é

(ffi 31; for the form or 13, f 5l ; as for mas


11553 f3 a1é,

c u l in e s ) ; 14 , (13 5 01
1 ; for th e forms 5 t3 a lé

3

f3 15 , 5 1
} (fé v a il for th e form b e sid e s

for th e forms mé f 31 mé f 11 mlf 31 an d ‘ ‘

mé 1

16 , ( f5 l ;
0 ) 01


'
th e ir variant s) ; 17 ( f5 il ; for t h
,
e forms 3
and oth ers mor e rar e ly us e d .
62 O TT O MAN T U RK I SH GR A MM A R .


m)
O

3 (
251
a ,

The fi fth c h ap t e r h as : n
J m? a
(tea ,
a .
p . 2 mat e
wt ! )

fdf il, fe m
’ ‘
. 4 1m ); 19 .
(mut é ffi
f al,
fe m .

T he s ix th : v n .
(me t e ml ,

0 0 I f ) I 1 1 )

J o hn (mfi t é f ae] , ab la
z ) e .

0 [ 0

u l J li )

The s e v e n th :
J s t ( u fi a l ,
) (mfi n fail, u ,

(mfin fi M e
) .

T he ei
gh t h :
(mfi ft ail,
f /d C )

il, As h
t st z )
.

T he n in th :
35h ; a .
p .
(mfi f a

ll , $ 21mfi f al lé); ‘

no 19 .
p .

m

us t é f il, Ja w
T h e t e n th .
( ),

I ’ C I O J
(mfi s té f J am ) .

0 1 O
T he e le v e n t h :
Jl ,: s l
no p .

A s t o th e s ign ifi cat io n s o f th e s e c h ap te rs ,
it may b e s h o rt ly

s a id t h at w h e n t h e fi rs t is t ran s it iv e , t h e s e co n d is c au s at iv e

or in t e n s it iv e ; a nd w h en the fi rs t is in t ran s it iv e , t h e s e co nd

c au s at iv e s t il l in t h e sa me sense, but not in t e n s itiv e —is t ran

i
s it v e . S o me t ime s the s e co nd h as t h e s e ns e , no t of mak ing

( a t h in g) do or be (s o or so
) , b ut of mak in g ( )
it ou t to b e

(so an d so ) ,
of de e min g, j u dgin g , p ro n o u n c in
g, o r c al lin
g (it

ar e ly it u n mak e s a l s o
s o an d so ) r , .

T he t h ird c h ap te r de n o te s r e c ip ro c ity of the ac t io n b e t w ee n


A ID
CC E N CE OR E T YM O L O GY . 63

two, or a mo ng s e v e ral or many a


ge n ts , or an e x p e c te d
I , a )

re c i
p ro c it y w hen o ne a
g e nt o n ly is sh o w n . T h u s, J K . a

mu tu a lly w r it ing le t ters (t o o n e an o th e r), a w riting in exp e ta c


t io n f
o a rep l
y ; a
t ; a mu tu a l ly s t riving to k ill o n e a n o th er,

0 0 )

fi gh ting . Whe n t h e t ril it e ral is ex


p re s s iv e o f a s t at e , as

(h us
)
n , a being b eau t ifu l or g o o d, t h e t h ird fo rm e x p re s s e s an

a c t io n c o rre s p o n din g w it h t h a t s ta te in t h e a
ge nt thu s, L l;
(mdh as é né ), a d o ing go o d , and a ct ing w e l l, k in d ly to ( th e

o th e r ) .

T he fo u rt h fo rm is c au sat iv e , ge n e ra ll ,
y b ut so me t ime s

in t ran s it iv e ; th u s ,
a)ll (i )
rs al , a s en ding ( so me p e rs o n or

t h in g ) Jl sl.
,
i b
( q ),
al a n a d va n cing .

T he fi ft h fo rm h a s t h e s e nse o f a c q u iring a s t at e , s o
'

me t ime s

by me t ime s t h ro u gh t h e o f a no t h e r

o ne s o w n ac t , s o ac t ; as ,

$1; (ték é s s fi r
) , a b eco ming b ro k e n . T h is may b e t ran s it iv e at
O d / l

t ime s ; as , L“ a b eco ming k n o w ing in a s c ie n ce ,


(
F
art, i . e .
, a learn ing (it ) .

The s ix t h fo rm h as t h e ide a o f re c ip ro c it y, s o me t h ing lik e

t h e t h ird, b u t mo re de c ide d mo re ,
c e rt a in in fac t th us,

(t dqfi tfil) , a mu tu a lly k il l ing o n e a n o t her . S o me t ime s it h a s t h e


O ) 1

s e nse o f fe ign ing a s ta t e ; as ,


JA E ( jt é ah fi l ) , a f eign ing to be

ign o ra n t . S o me t ime s ,
a
g ain, it e x p re s s e s a re p e at e d ac t ; thu s,

Le UiJ ( t dq é z é ) ,
a d u nn ing, re
p ea tedl
y d e ma n din g th e f u
lfilme n t

and d is ch arge (o f s o me in c u mb e n t ac t o r de b t ) .
64 O TT O MAN T U R K I SH GR A MM A R .

T he s e v e n th an d e igh th fo rms , l ik e t h e fi ft h ,
imply t h e

a c q u is it io n o f a s t a te , e ith e r by

o n e s o w n ac t, o r as the re s ult
of the a c t o f an o t h e r ; th u s, 36 “ se
c

a b eing act ed u p o n ,

); t int lzé r
'

(y ( )
'

ected , hu rt , w o u n ded , vex ed b an o th e r s act zi l


a

a (b e c o m in
g) l o o k in
gf o rw ard
(fo r th e o c cu rre n ce o f an e v e n t
) .

S o me t ime s th e e igh t h fo rm is t ran s it iv e in t h e s e n se of

a c qu iring ,
th u s ,
u fl lf "(iftl a ) r s ,
a n a cqu ir ing
(g mea
) y
b hu nt

ing , o r, a s e e k ing to a cqu ire ; as , J h llj l (ll tlmas), a s eek ing to

o b t a in
(a fa v o u r) by (mo ral ly) f ee l in
g o ne s

w ay (y
b t o u ch in ,
g

g ro in , re q u e s t in
p g g ) ; a requ es t ing.

'

T he n in t h a n d e l e ve n t h e x re s s
p t w o de gre e s o f s tat e as to

c o l o u r, an d so me t ime s as to de fe c t s ; t h e e le v e n th d e n o tin g
O ’ O

in t e n s ity of t h at s t ate ; th u s , j b p l (lh mirar), a b eing red re d

O / O
l m ) l vl a ,
( j j
'
n es s
( h i rar , a being v er
y red a b eing

il
c ro o k ed cro o k edn ess
é Lé j a b eing very cro o k ed ,

f
a n ra c tu o s it .
y

T h e te n th u s u all
y e x p re s s e s a tryin g to get ( the ac t o r s ta te

m (i tif a )
0 1 0 0

s ign i e d fi b y th e fi rs t fo rm) as u s s r
,
a n a s k in
g f or

an exp lan a tio n f (


o a mat t e r) . S o me t ime s it h as , lik e t h e

s e co n d, th e s ense o f d eeming or
j u dging ( a t h in g) t o be (w h at

th e fi rs t fo rm s ign ifi e s ) ; as ,
Jlizzu l (is t is q al), a d eeming ( a p e r

son or t h in g) h eavy, d is agreea b le, t edio u s . An d so me t ime s it

me an s a n a cqu iring a s ta te, e x


p re ss e d b y th e fi rs t fo rm th u s ,
4 0 O
ha u l (l s t is h fa ,
) a b eco ming res to red to h ea l t h . A nd again , it
A C C I D E N CE OR E T YM O L O GY . 65

0 0 0 0

o c c as io n al ly h as t h e s e n se of th e fi rs t fo rm ; as , sl m l

a b eing or b eco ming rea dy p re


p a red ; rea d in es s

( e x te rn al o r me n t al); men t a l cap a city a n d qu ick nes s in a c qu iring


d ex terity or k no w ledge .

Q u adrilit e ral r o o ts h av e b u t fo u r fo rms of w h ic h o n ly t w o

a re
p e rc e p t i b ly u se d in T u rk is h ,
the fi rs t an d s e co n d . T he

fi rs t h as t w o v e rb al n o u ns , fi gu re d p arad i
gmat ic al l b
y y all;
an d
35C» the s e co n d , b ut o ne, fig u re d by
w

E ing (
s dltdn dt) may se rv e as an in s t an c e o f

fo r m, t é s dlt ti n) as a n

a v e rb al n ou n of th e first an d
O
kl } a
(
e x amp le o f th e s e co n d.

I t w o u ld o c cu py too mu ch s p ac e t o de t ail h e re t h e mo difi ca

t io n s of t h e se re s u l t s aris in g in t h e c as e of ro o t s w h e re t h e

s e c o n d an d t h ird radicals are id e n t ic al, or o f t h o s e in w h ic h

o ne , tw o, o r all t h re e of th e radical s b e lo n g t o t h e t rio l , L5 ,

v o w e l s,
out of w h ich t h e lo ng th e let ters of p ro lo n
ga tio n ,

s p rin g . T h e s e de t ails s h o u ld be s t u d ie d in Wrigh t s o r in ’


,

A rab ic G rammar B u t it is mark



D e S acy s . n e ce s s ar
y t o re

t h at t h e se A rab ic v e rb al no uns b e lo n g e q u all


y t o th e ac t iv e

an d pas s iv e v o ice o f t h e ir v e rb s ; so t h at , as in E n gl is h , t h e

0y o

me w o rd, fet-h fo r 1n s t an c e , W 111 s o me t i me s me an


o

sa s a co n
i
qu ering, a t o t h e rs a being co n qu ered, j u st as o u r w o rd co n u es t
q
do e s . T h is las t ru le h o l d s go o d w it h P e rs ian v e rb al no u ns,

not mu ch u se d in T u rk is h . I t is no t s o, h o w e v e r, w it h

T u rk is h v e rb al n o u n s , e x ce p t in g, to a s ligh t e x t e n t , w it h th e
66 O TT O MAN T U RK I SH GR A MM A R .

p re se n t, as in mzi, me

and t h is fo r t h e s imp l e re as o n th at

e v e ry p as s iv e T u rk is h v e rb h as it s own s p e c ial v e rb al n o u ns

co mp l e t e , p re s e n t, p as t, an d fu t u re .

E v e ry T u rk is h , P e rs ian , an d A ra b ic s u b s t an t iv e h as it s

dimin u t ive , t h e t w o l a t t e r s e ldo m u s ed in O t to man p h ras e s .

T h e T u rk is h d imin u t iv e su b s tan t iv e is fo rme d u s u all b


y y

s u ffi xin
g t h e syllab le i (j ik )
crb or
g? ( q)
j i to t h e w o rd, of

w h at e v e r o r igin , w h e t h e r it e nd in a c o n s o n an t or v o w e l.

é l ikj lk u m, £23 l l
T h u s, ( ) lit t le l 1 1 ( j )
t k l it tle d og,

a p a

!(k lt abj lk
s i t} or
9
5 11? k ltétbj lq ) a l itt le b o o k ,
OJ ) :

i é véj lk ) a l i ttle ca mel, fi fi


( j ), fi k
j )
k l i l l rk , eh
” (d

a t t e c e ; t
0 0 ,

a l l l ile fl a t iro n , h s f fi é dlj lk ) a lit tle ca t, (el méj iq)

a l itt le a l
pp ,e (p ash a
j iq) a l ittle p a s h a, fi li al; (padl
O J )

s h ah j iq ) a lit t l e mo n arch, d u u
(q p j q) a litt l e do o r or ga t e,

o o

p a l: k h d
( j j q)
b i a l it tle p rof esso r, g5
5 11; ari l q
(q j ) a h u la
( ) 9
.
0

w o ma n .

I n w o rd s e n din g w it h or
a, afte r a mo v e n t c o n s o nan t , it

w o u ld fo rm a c ac o p h o n y to re p e a t th e s e l e t t e rs fo r t h e

d imin u t iv e . T h e le s s imp o r tan t is t h e re fo re s acri c e d fi to

e u p h o ny, an d o mit t e d in th e dimin u t iv e , a v o w el le t te r u s u al ly

rék ,
t ak in g it s p lac e : (y
k fi ) a little

s ho vel o r c ar ; (
ch bj uq ), u f f

; (ch bj dj uq ), a l it tle child .

T h is fo rm of t h e dimin u t iv e 18 so me t ime s mo difi e d in t o t h at

of
}; é l
(j y )
z , j agh iz) ; th u s , fl i
j ( jy )
é v é lz a litt le ho u se,
A CC I DENCE OR E T YM O L O GY . 67

j é éj fi j z h
(q j g )
i h iz , a litt le girl . A s is s e e n, th e fo rme r es éré

vowel o f th e in t h e d imin u t ive h as no w b e c o me an fi s t fi n,


E
as th e é s é ré h as b e e n p as s e d on t o t h e s) or
J mo difi e d in t o

T u rk is h e) (y v al u e
) or
&( s o ft
gh v al u e
)
. E u p h o ny re q u ire s it .

Th e s e d imin u t i ve s are u se d as t e rms of e n de ar me n t a ls o ,

e x a c t ly as in G e rman, an d as o u r n u rs e r
y v o cab u lar
y sa
y s,

d a ddy, mamnzy, gra nny, a u n ty, doggy, h o rs ey, & c ; . o n l y, in

T u rk is h , t h e me t h o d is o f u n ive rsal a p p lic a t io n , by al l c las s e s ,

not b y ch ildre n o n ly .

T he P e rs ian d imin u t ive al w a


y s e n ds in ;
A ( é ); ch as ,

;
1 (p a), 3; (
21 ch e
) ll d d by us tfi n v ow el
'

A p a , or in a p re c e e an ; as,

éfi fi é niz é k ) .

T h e A rab ic d imin u t iv e a l so mak e s it s fi rs t v o w e l fi tfi rfi , an d

th e ne xt v o we l d s t fi n , fo l lo w e d b y a q u ie s c e n t c o n so n a n t al
L5 ,

w h at e v e r may b e th e vo w els or q u ie s ce n c e s of th e o ri i
g al
n

w o rd ; as ,
a
; (h as an) , (h fi sé n
y ); if : ” (h i )
sn ,

h sd n ; &c
(h y ) .

T he P e rs ian an d A rab ic d iminu t iv e a p p lie s e q ually to

s u b s t an t iv e s an d ad e c t iv e s j . T h e A rab ic r u le h a s many mo di

fi ca t io n s in de t ails . But as th e se P e rs ian an d A rab ic diminu

t iv e s are t ak e n in t o O t t o man u se as o rigin al w o rds , e n o u gh

h as b e e n s aid o n t h e ir s u b e c t j fo r t h e p re s e n t p u rp o se .
68 O TT O MAN T URK I SH GRAMMAR .

S E C TI ON I I . T he N ou n A dj ect ive .

As a ge ne ral ru l e , th e j
ad e c t iv e , in Tu rk is h , is invar iab l e ,

h av in g no g e n de r,
nu mb e r, c as e , or de gre e s of co mp aris o n

an d t h is , w h e th e r t h e w o rd h e of T u rk is h , A rab ic , or P e rs ian

o rig in I t al w a
p re ce de s the s u b s t an t iv e l i fied ;
Ol
s q u a as ,
.
y
o /p o e / a!

o l My? ( y
b l fi k adam), a grea t ma n, la al (b ly fi k dddml d )
r ,
V ) ,

men , K l ii k l n é k lé r), b zg

l U ( y
'

grea t b co w s
r
.

B u t t h e P e rs ian fo rm of p h ras e is al s o mu ch u se d
(
e s p e c ial ly

in w rit ing), b y w h ich j


a n a d e c t iv e o f P e rs ia n or A rab ic o rig in

fo l lo w s t h e s u b s t an t iv e q u ali e d fi s u c h ad e c t iv e re main in g
j in

t h e s in gu lar a ft e r a P e rs ian s u b s t an t iv e plural , th e s u b s tan t iv e

q fi
u al i e d alw a
y s t ak in g an e s ere o f s u b e c t io n j to j o in it t o t h e
c o : 1

j
a d e c t iv e ,
t h u s, an ; wi g (
1 m e rda ni
- b fi zdrg), grea t men ;

3 dmé l )
L1 } 2 ( l h ay n ik , go o d w o rk s .

I f, in t h is P e rs ian c o n s tru c t io n , b o t h w o rds are A rab ic, an d

th e s u b s t an t iv e is a fe min in e s in gu lar, o r an irre gu lar p l u ral of

an
y k in d, t h e j
a d e c t iv e mu s t b e p u t in t h e fe min in e s in gu lar,
o )

g; ( é sak lrl
t

j

or in an irre gu lar p lu ral fo rm ; as , mun

tazimé
) regu la r tr00p s , um w
i k ;
r ?
n
,

S u l ta n s .

P e rs ian j
ad e c t iv e s h av e t h re e d e gre e s o f c o mp aris o n ,
°

mo re
or l e s s in u se in T u rk is h co mp o s it io n . T he co mpara t iv e is

fo rme d b y a ddin g th e s
y l l ab le
; ( )t er t o th e end of t he p o s i
70 O TT O MAN T U RK SH GRAMMAR I .

l a rge, larger, la rges t, to o l ar ge ; éé l ‘


( s ij aq ), ho t, ho tter, ho tt es t ,

to o ho t b su
( g q),
h co ld, co ld er, c o ld es t, to o co ld &c .

T h e P e rs ian c o mp o u n d a d e c t iv e , j mu ch u sed in T u rk is h , in

t h e p o s itiv e de gre e o n ly, is of many k in d s . S o me ar e co m

p o u n de d of tw o s u b s t an t iv e s , o n e or b o th of w h ich may b e
o

A rab ic or P e rs ian , n ev e r T u rk is h as , g a ie l . s
, em
(j j é n ab) -

r
,

m (a af té dbi
o o f O r v

maj es tic as J emsh id fi x; g s - r


),
A s ap h in co u n se l ;

fi (s h e k e r lé b ) w
-

i eAlst
y
b
é . -
,
ipp ed
s ugar- Z ; a s ix
( h d

dé s tgyah ), a very lo o m of j u s tice (i . e .


, j ust
) o t h e rs of an

j
a d e c t iv e fo llo w e d b y a s ub s t an t iv e as ,
wh e n» ( s é b fi k -p ay),
l igh t f f
o o o t, light -f o o ted ; or a s u b s t an t iv e fo l lo w e d b y an

j
a d e c t iv e ; as , & s (dl l t l s h n é , t h irs t
-
) y h ear ted -
(i. e . a rd en t l
y
I f , 0,

; (h em);
F
I

d es iro u s ) o r a s u b s t an t iv e p re ce de d b y as , s un s
r
“(h em j ins )
O o o /

(h é m f t he same n es t ;
o s
? of the s a me
-
U ,

gen u s ; (5 M (h é m s h e h ri ,
-
) o f t he sa me to wn or cou n t ry, a

e l lo w -co u n t ryma n of a s u b s t an t iv e
f ; fo l lo w e d b y w ) (ve sh
) ,

l ik e ; as ,
$n 3 (p é ri v e s h ) f a iry
-
,
-
like , of a s u b s t a n t iv e

fo ll o w e d b y at)
; ( r na g),
F l; ( )
fi rm , or
5K (gy fi n), al l s ign if in
y g

co lo u r ; as ,
( é b
s z ran
g), green
- -
co lo u red fi
Fij j (
u umti rrfi d z

0 3

df
0

fil m), e mera ld -


co lo u red c) (gé n ddm gyun ) w hea t - -
co lo u red
r ,

co mp lexio n ed, bro w n ) ;


(i . e ., da rk -
o f a s u b s tan t iv e fo llo w e d b y
/
j Oy
K I ar , U L ( )
b a;
n , 01

J
ls (dar) as ,
J b Ul gz
‘'
s
O '
O I l l!

( s h i ri n-k yar), s w eet- man n ere d ; j ag / i o


(afé rid
gy )
ar , -
crea tive
ACC I DENCE OR E T YM O L O GY . 71
01 0 1 0 1 0 1

(l . e .
, crea to r ) ; g) (
z er-gér), go ldw o rlcer, go lds mith ; u Lé b

( g
b ) g
a -b a n , a (
r den- k eep er i . e. garden er )U ) ?
h (mfi h )
r da r , -
s ea l

O I O

k eep er , or fo llo w e d b y U L)
J) ( si r ) , or
u b l
O 1 0 1 1

(is ta
)
n , al l n ame s o f s p e c ial
p la ce s ; as , g la d , (q alé m dan ), a

0 4 0 )

p en - ca se (gyd l a fl o w er-ga rden , a


fl o w e ry mea d
J
O 1 1

i
o 0

;
I

s a r , mo u n ta in o u s dis t ric t ara l )


s k
( y u h -
) , U t a
h)
:
( b s t an ,

A ra bia ; or a s u b s t an t ive re e a t e d
p ; as , ul fi (c h ak
x
-
c h ak ),
imitat iv e of th e s o u n d o f re p e at e d b l o w s w it h axe o r s w o rd ;

th e sa me , or t w o diffe re n t s u b s t an t iv e s , w ith l p lac e d b e t w e e n

th e m as , a m; ( c h ak
y a c h ak )
,
s a me s i n ifi c a t io n ,
g b ( s er

ro m hea d in p la c e
a-
p a
) f , to f o o t or w ith b or u of th e l as ,

s
1 1 1

( e s r- t a p )
a , sa me s en s e ;
,
.
(ser t é sé i ,
) - -
f ro m en d to en d,
O JO /

f ro m beginn ing t o en d , or w it h :
; l ( é
sh b an ruz
) , n igh t

I I I

a nd d ay (w h ic h is u n iq u e ) ,
al, : ( e sh
h ane -r uz ), me an in g

a w h o le ni
gh t and d ay , a ll n igh t an d a ll d ay, tw en ty f o u r ho u rs , -

or s evera l n igh ts and d ays in o n e s u cce ss io n ; or w it h s o me

o th e r P e rs ia n p re p o s it io n b e t w e e n t h e t w o ; as , 4 " p ey der
6 0
o O / O’ o 0 1

e
p y), s tep by s tep , gra d a ti m; H u b
/
d u ne . ) (d e s t -
h é 1 - de s t
), ha n d
on h a n d , h a n ds cro ss ed ; Q 1 ; ( s in é -b é -
si n é ), brea s t to b rea s t ,

0 1 1 ) 0 1 1 0 1

sh - a
(d a -dus h
), s h o u l de r t o s h o u l de r b a c k to b a ck ,

(s s r- h é mfi h r),
-
w ith t he h ea d (
or mo u th of a b ag, b o t t le , & c .
)
s ca l ed u p ; or w ith a s u b s ta n t iv e an d c o mp o u n d j
a d e c t iv e ; as ,

I O 1 0 '
O C /

e1 - é s h té , w ho s e l u c k is
M 9 } tb s . (b ak h t b g ) revers e d ; or ev en
72 O TT O MAN T U R K I SH GRAM M AR .

w
a

c o mb in e d
fo u r w o 1 ds ; as , 11.1 . .
(é s r-h é fé lék -k é s h i dé),
-

w ho s e head is lifted up to t h e very sp h eres b e s ide s many o t h er

e s p e c ial ly
v arie t ie s ; th e t w o p riv at iv e s in
u
. )
( ) ithou t ,
b i ,
w

an d (1 (u s) ,
no t ; a s, u s l
6

(h i edé b ),
w it h o u t edu ca t io n or

ma nners , un mann erly, imp o lit e ( n a-b in a


) , no t s eeing, s i h t
g
less , b lin d .

S o me A rab ic e x p re s s io n s may b e re
g arde d as co mp o u n d
0 4 0 I

e p it h e t s in T u rk is h an d P e r s ian ; as ,

(
So lo (s ah lb qiran),

f j (i the ma s ter ) !
'

l o rd o t he co n u n c t i o n e o f th e a
ge ; M )
. .
,
G

(v é li ui mé t ) a s s o cia t e o
-
f , b en efi t s (i . e .
, a ben ef a cto r) , e xp re s
01

3 J
O 1

s io n s fo rm e d of
J
;
( )
zfi , c l) .
( za t
) , nd e
( ),
hl an d u l) l (e rh a b ) ,
I I ,

al l o f w h ic h imp ly p o sses s io n
; as , su lf a :
( zu
p o ss es sed
)
f l )

f
o a f o re lo ck or top /
sno t , an d M 33) : ( z u -z dnab é), p os s es s ed of
a

a f o l lo w i ng ( e
i . .
,
a co met); “ A a ll: (z a td l j é nb ,
l ’
- -
vu lg . s atllj a n ),

the p o s ses s o r f
o t he s ide
( 1 e . .
, p leu risy) ; or in P e rs ian co n

0 5l
s t ru c tio n as , 3 : ( ll
é h p o s s es s ed of ho no u r o r virt u e,

h o no ra b le, h o n es t, v ir tu o u s ; M u
j
b l (é rb ab l-mes n é d , t ho s e
)
w ho p o ss es s th e c h ie f s ea t (i . e .
, high d ign it ari es ); o r an a d e c t iv e j
001

q u ali fie d w ith
J
; a
(g y r), o th er ; as , (g y r i m
aahdud) ,

o t her th a n circu mscrib ed ( 1. e .


,
u n li mited, u nd
efi n ed ) , or an

A rab ic v e rb in t h e ao ris t made n e ga t ive w it h Y (la), no t ; as ,


I 0) I

La s ll (n yuh s h), not t o be c o u n t ed, innu mera b le M y (layd add), -

0 J r /

u n to l d, i n n u mei a b le u
y y (la-
y é m )
u t , w h o d ies n o t, immo rta l
al , / I

l
E s e? a é e é z za ,
w
i
( y j
l -
t ) not to be su bd ivid ed, zn d zvzs z b le ; or an
A CC I DENCE OR E T YM O L O GY . 73

A rab ic j
ad e c t iv e fo llo w e d b y a de fi n ite art icl e an d s u b s tan t iv e ;
O r d ‘o fl o
f o fu t on “ a

é é l é v am , etern a l in du ra tio n ;
a ux ( fi ) Ll

l l l b d d d
l fi
-
as ,
r y yy u Lg

vl fi f l b d n an
a
(q yy y ), s tro ng in b u ild ; & c , & c , & c
-
. . .

E v e ry T u rk is h j
a d e c t iv e is al s o an adv e rb ; t h at is t o sa
y,

t h at, w it h o u t any mo difi cat io n of fo rm, t h e T u rk is h j


ad e c t iv e

q u al i e s v e fi rb s as w e ll as s u b s t an t iv e s ; t h u s, at ),

a b eau t ifu l s ta ll io n ; drdmé k ), t o w a lk


y

g ra ce u lly.
f T he sa me is the c as e w it h P e rs ian j
ad e c t iv e s,

w h e th e r u se d in T urk is h or in P e rs ian p h ras es . A rab ic

j
ad e c t iv e s , a s A rab ic s u b s tan t iv e s , re q u ire t o b e p u t in t h e ir

ow n ac cu s at iv e c ase in de fi nite w hen u se d as adv e rb s ; as , M

by a ct ; (h hsanan), b ea u tifu l l
y . A rab ic s u b s t an

t iv e s are al s o s o me t ime s u s e d as T u rk is h a dv e rb s b y b e ing p u t

in t h e ir ow n ge n it iv e , in de fi n ite or de fi n ite , as may b e , an d

O
me u “ ( a
0 0 ’ I

p re c e de d by an Arab ic p re p o s it io n ; as, n ghfl é t l )


n ,

g
i g ( a e t-t é va ll), in
f
by ina dverten ce , l l co n tinu ed s u c
g é fl
c

a o

ces s io n, s u cces s ive ly ; (fl l-



in rea l ity, rea lly ,
L3,
O l l ;
lz J JJl: (b l- d defaat ),
’ '

t ru ly ; u o n severa l o ccas io ns rep ea ted ly ;

i- s é b é b in
(l ), f o r a rea s o n ; & c .

A s w ith s u b s tan t iv e s , s o al s o e v e r
y T u rk is h j
a d e c t iv e h as

it s d imin u tiv e , fo rme d b y t h e a dd it io n o f the s uf x fi a ; (j é j a) , ,

- is h , t o t h e w o rd, w h e t h e r t h is end in a c o n s o na n t or vo w e l ,

as ,
J ; (
“y e s h il
) , green , (y es h l é
j ) g
l , reen is h ,
s o mew h a t

green ; z
(q )
i il red,
(q iz ilj a) reddi s h é; b l
( y )dk
74 O TT O M AN T U R K I SH GRAMMA R .

O I ) 1 0 a J
l a rge, b l fi
( y j )k é l a rgis h ;
d b ) u
( aq )
f s ma ll ,

u
( aq j a) ma l lis h ; l rl ) l a rge, é ri é

? ( j )
f s ( )
l l a r is h ;
g
;
I J J

(q ara) b la ck , £ 15 (q a j a)
3

rét b la ck is h ;
v) (q )
uru d ry, L ’

w )

u u
(q j a) dryis h
r . A mo d ifi c at io n of t h is fo rm, dic tat e d b y t h e
Of
! d lfib l
)

);
E
p rinc ip le o f e u p h o ny , is u se d fo r t h e w o rd s L 9
L
) ,
i

by su b s t it u t in g a fi nal ed o r t fo r t h e s , and re s s in t h ose


su g
'

u pp

l e t t e rs at th e e nd o f the rad ic al w o rd, as fo r su b s tan t iv e s t h u s,

l fi é
( y j ),
b k l a r
g sh
i . A fu rt h e r co n fo r mity w it h t h e s e n s e
0 3 0 J

o f e u p h o ny , av o idin
g tw o v o w e ls in s u cce s s io n , mak e s
I t , 0 )

s ma llis h, an d s ma l lis h ; t h is

las t b e in g d o u b ly e u p h o n ic .

T h e s e dimin u t iv e j
a d e c t iv e s, as in e ve ry lan gu age , o ft e n

e x p re ss in T urk is h t h e re v e rse o f d imin u t io n in t h e q u a l ity

t h ey re p re s e n t ,
b e ing in fac t e x agge ra t iv e s in s e n s e , an d me an
0 O f f , 0 3 1

in g very, ex ceedingly, ex t reme ly, &c ; as , " >l 41> ” a (j é s u ij a


r
.

J J
. .

adam dir), h e is a bra vis h ma n (i . e .


, a very brave ma n ) .

SE CTI ON I II . T he N u mera ls .

T u rk ish , A rab ic , an d P e rs ian n u me ral s , c ardin al an d o rdinal ,

are u s e d in O t t o man . A rab ic frac t io n s are a l s o u s e d a s far as

o ne - t e n t h . I n t h is s k e t ch , h o w e v e r, t h e fi v e s o rt s o f T u rk is h

nu me ral s al o n e are e xp lain e d . Th e se are t he cardinal , o rd in al,

d is trib u t iv e , frac t io n al , an d in de fi n ite nu mb e rs .


ACC I DENCE on E T YM O L O GY . 75

T he si mp l e T u rk is h c ardin al nu mb e rs a re :
J .)
( )
b ir o n e,

‘’

£33(durt )f o u r 1
f l (ik i) tw o ,
E l ( )
fi c h t h ree, 4 , (b é s h ) j ive,

L
ll
§ ( )
alt i s ix,
L5 4 3
e
(y )di s even ,
JF K; (s ék lz) eigh t,
))
5lo .
(db q uz)

n in e,
U) ‘ d
( )
n ten , H
g l
(y ylrml t w en ty,
) j
jj j ( )
l b t u z , th ir ty,

u} J Jl (M D/
fif ty, w a
0

s
. “
(a m lt is h ) s ix ty, w
o 01

(y é t

i al; é m)
m ls h ) s even ty, ( é k
s s dn
) e igh ty,
v ( q
d b s
n in e ty,

j) (y )
; uz a hu n dred, «35 (b ln )
4 a t ho u s a n d . T he tw o s u b s t an

t iv e s , a)
; d
(y ),
k a hu n d red t h ou s an d, an d “
O JO
ml
m ( y l b
y
n
), a

millio n , are al s o u s e d b u t they are n o t t ru e nu me ral s . Th ey

are n am e s of aggre gat e s , an d re q u ire the nu me ral s b e fo re


0 3 0 0 0 0 0

them ; as , dj } b l
( y ),
r fi k o ne hu n dred t ho u s a n d, Ur i“) (b l r

mllyb n) o n e millio n , an d s o o n fo r h igh e r nu mb e rs , d) :

o ; m,
l & c . T he F re n ch nu me ral s ( y
b ll on ),
13 39 ( t h 11

y )
b n , &c .
,
a re so me t ime s u s e d.

T he c o mp o u n d T urk is h c a rdin al n u me ral s are u n ifo r mly

b u ilt u b
p y p u tt in
g t h e u n it s a ft e r the tens u
p t o 9 9, an d by
OJ
lac in
g t h e w o rd b fo re t h e s imp l e o r c o mpo u n d e x p re s s io n
p jfi e

u
p t o 199 th e n b y a ddin g th e u n it s fro m 2 t o 9 b e fo re
up t o 99 9 ; n ext by u s in g s lt ; i b e fo re t h e s e si mp l e s o r co m

p o u n ds u p t o 19 9 9 ; an d fi nally ,
by again u s in g th e si mp le s

o r co mp o u n ds b e fo re
o

sl — a u
p to th u s,

0 0

b l
)

(b u b lr
) -

O J o J : O J

e leven , i
(y yh ml ik i) tw en ty tw o ,
- ‘ j ‘
J ’
(yuz b tuz
Q J
l
I f ,
J )
C 0 0 O ) 0

b ob ) o ne hu n d re d and thir ty- th ree,


0
3, l
c . )
( n
b l
76 O T T O MAN T UR K I S H GRAMMA R .

s é k iz y uz q irq b é s h ) o ne t ho u s and eight h u n dred an d f o rty - i


j ,
ve
o

:
J z D) U (
0 o on

a
0
: Z
C)
,9_ W 2
1 zJ I b
- é s h yuz alt mis h s ek lz b lfi fi z
y

on ddrt)
0
6 1Q uill; an
é l
(fi ch ml ly b n , y e di yd k ,
d b q s dn ik i b in,
fi c h ydz, é lll Altl )

I t w ill b e n o t ice d t h atz


no j
c o n u n c t io n e n t e rs th e se
0 4 0

c o mb in a t io n s W he n
.

. t h e fo re ign e xp re s s io n G
UT - l“ or th e

t re as u ry w o rd el g is
,
n o t u s e d, t h e n at iv e me th o d o f e x p re s s in g

mu l t ip le s of is to s ta te th e si mp le or co mp o u n d

n u mb e r of s u ch mu l tip le , an d t h e n t o in t e rcalat e t h e w o rd

5
0 0 1

5 (
.k é rr é ) times , b e fo re t h e w o rd el f
) ,
as ,
” a a

(ye di k e rre yuz b lfi ) s even t imes o ne hu n dred tho u s a n d,

55
0 0)

i
kn }
t ; )
'

,
1 cu : (durt yez 11 ak erre ydz b lfi )

T urk is h r din al me ral is a


(q ) h
T he in t e rro gat ive ca nu
E }; c

h o w many

T he c ardin al nu me ral s are j


a d e c t iv e s ; b u t, l ik e al l ad e c j
t iv e s , may b e u s e d as s u b s tan t iv e s , an d d e c lin e d . E v e n th e
O
in te rr o g at iv e L; is u se d as a s u b s tan t iv e w h en e n q u irin g
C
w ha t nu mb er or
“w h a t is it ’
o clo ck ? or at w ha t p ric e ?

gé ldl ) to h o w ma ny (h o u rs ) h as t he c lock co me ? W 3 9 2)

(q ac h a v é ri b rs un
y iw
h
at ho w mu ch a rt t ho u s elling ( ,
it t h e m)
78 O TT O MA N T U R K I SH GRAMMAR .

T h e A rab ic an d P e rs ian o rd in als are fre q u e n t ly u s e d, a n d

may b e fo u n d in t h e le x ic o n s , & c .

T h e T u rk is h dis t rib u t iv e nu mb e rs are fo rme d fro m t h e c ar

d in al s b y mak ing t h e ir las t q u ie s ce n t c o n s o n an t mo v e n t w it h


o O I



d s t tl n , an d th e n a ddin g a q u ie s ce n t
)
t o t h e w o rd ; as ,

(b ab e
s (yfi z é r), ,
C (b lfi é
. r
) .

Th e ir s e nse is e x p re s s e d in E nglis h , w h ic h h as no su ch

n u me ral s , b y th e w o rds e a ch an d ap iece th e fo re go in g

e xa mp le s w ill t h u s b e re n de re d : one ea c h fi ve
,
a
p iece, th irty
o 0 )

e a c h, a hu ndred ea c h , a t ho u s a n d ea ch T he c ardin a l a :
)
.

o/ C)
b e co me s o : (dd rd é r) f o u r ap iece.
J )

Wh en t h e cardinal e n ds w ith a v o w e l, th e s yl lab l e (sh é r)

is s u fiix e d t o fo rm t h e d is t rib u t iv e ; aa
m (l k l shé r
) tw o

p
,

ap iec e, l (alt ish é r) s ix each, (yedl s h é r s ev en a ie c e,


) p
O r

£ 5 (y y
O

6
I

lr mls h e r t w en ty é l é
l ) ,
e a ch ,
J
AJJl ( ll s h r
) fif y
t ea ch

I n t h e c as e o f mo re t h an one b u n di e d or t h o u s an d, it is t h e

c ardin al t h at de s ign at e s t h e ir nu mb e r t h at re c e iv e s t h e dis

t rib u t iv e s u f x ; fi as ,
j) ’
(l k ls h é r
y )
fi z tw o hu n dred ea ch,

j a
g(b é s h é r b in
)fi ve t h o u s an d ap ie e c . A n d in c o mp o u n d

nu mb e rs t h e dis trib u tiv e fi


s u f x e s are adde d to th e n u mb e rs of

t h o u san ds , of h u n dre ds , an d o f fi nal u n it s o r t e n s , t o in dicat e


1

g
0 0 1 ,

o ne dis t r ib u t io n th u s, :
(b é sh ér
y dz l
yy l rml
av J)

b lré 1 )fi ve hu n dred a nd t w en ty o n e ea ch
r

A
0

(s ék lz é r b lfi , yé dls h é r ydz , qirq lk ls h é r), ap iece ,


1

z é l lls h er , 15 0 ea ch
(y d ) .
A CC I DENCE OR E T YM O L O GY . 79

T h e T u rk is h frac t io n al nu mb e rs a re v e ry s im p le . T he n u mb e r

of t h e d e n o m in a t o r in t h e l o c at iv e , an d fo llo w e d b y th e n u mb e r

o f th e nu me ra to r is t h e fo rm as ,
3 1 11
5 (
5 s l k

idé
,
b lr) in t w o

( parts ) , o ne ; i . e .
é , t he h a l f , (b é s h dé ik i in fi ve, t w o ;
)
i . e . t w o -fif th s . S o me t im e s o ne o f th e s y n o ny ms £
5 6 a
(p y) ,

5;
o

1 j ez ) a
, (q ism ,
) (u s e s)
p a rt, is a d de d a fte r e ach
I

&; 3l
o

n u me ral o f t h e fi ac t 1o n as , b s i i:
g g l (ik i p ay dd, b lr p ay)

in two p a rt s , o ne
p a rt .

T h e A rab ic fract io n al nu mb e rs are al s o u se d up to te n .

E x ce p t ing t h e w o rd ( n is f
) a ha lf, the h a lf ; t h e y are a ll

O
Gui:(s fi ls
0 0) O )

of t h e fo rm t h u s, fi lus ) a th ird , ( db )
e
vu lg
J
?
” , . s r

J “: (k h ums ) a ; (s fi b )
fif th n
E

f o u rth,
a , ( ds )
e a s ix t h,

o o l 0 0 ) 0 0 )

a se ven th, J ( s fi mn) a n eigh th , “; (t us


) a n in th, “: ( d s h r,
u C J
:
i ur) Ci
'

vu lg 1 sh a ten t h, a t it he T h e d u al of i s u se d , Lt J J
U
. .

( s fi ls an ) tw o t h ird s ; b u t fo r al l t h e o t h e rs a T urk is h nu me rat o r

;
e

ge J ; i

is u sed ; as , l (d c h rdb
) three qu a rters , ” g (ik i
g
o o i

:
o

k h ums ) tw o fif ths , (
5b é s h the ) fi ve n in th s & c
C
3
u
.
,

T h e re m e t w o s
p e c ial T u rk is h j
ad e c t iv e s an d o n e T u rk is h

s u b s t a n t iv e to e x p re s s ha f O ne of the j
a d e c t iv e s , Z
) (y a,im ) t ,

an d th e s u b s t an t iv e , (yari) ,
si
g n if y t he h a lf (o f o ne s o le
o f) , O f

l rim é lmd) h a lf
t h in g ; as , Ul M
l? ( ya an ap le
p , a h a lf a
pp le ,

M (é lmdnifi y dris i), t he ha lf (o r of )


L579 ! M
} 4 . o
f an the a
p p le .

j d ch n ) u s e d a ft e r s o me
T he o t h e r a d e c t iv e , (b q ,
is w h o le
80 O T T O MAN T U RK I SH GRAMMA R .

0 3 3 0

n u mb e r, n e v e r alo n e ; U l 153 } X l r b d c h uq e lma)


as ,
(b an

l f
i

ap p le a nd a h a lf; g n » t l (ik i b d c h nq tw o h o u rs

and a h a lf:

When a co mp l e x frac t io n al nu mb e r c o n s is t in g o f an in t e ge r

an d a frac t io n o th e r t h an o n e-h a lf h as t o be e x p re s s e d, the

T u rk is h or A rab ic frac t io n s are u s e d, t he j


c o n u n c t io n
5 or th e

p re
p o s it ion a d i b e in g in t ro d u ce d b e tw e e n t h e in te ge r an d th e

i
0 0,

i
0

frac tio n ; a s, l or d tw o a nd o ne
G d

fo u rth . Wh e n t h e T u rk is h frac t io n is u s e d, the n u me ra l


31
in t h e ge n it iv e is al s o in tro du ce d b e fo re t h e frac t io n ; as ,

a? ) 13

L .» d) 31
1 l U
S
fi ve, a n d th ree eigh th s-
o f o ne .

T h e in de fi n it e nu me ral s are :
( )
h er ever
y ,
;
33 (h er1b lr
)
0

every o ne , each ; t
s
(h ich
) n o, n o ne ,
1 1s
(h l c h b lr), no ;
i 4 5
0 0 1 0 0

:
4 1


u (b d z i s o me ,
) j
té l (e k s e 1 ) the mo s t p art ( q
b lr ach )

B
0 0

s o me , a f ew ; l (dz
) few ; ub ( ch dq ) many ; 1
5 5 3 (b lr dz )
a f ew , a l ittle ; (b ir chd
q ) grea t ma ny,
a a g re a t
qu an t it
y,

&c . Of th e s e, 33 is al w a
ys an ad e ct iv ej ; th e re s t are ad e c tiv e s j
an d s u b s t an t iv e s .

T h e re is a s mal l s e rie s o f T u rk is h n u me ral s o f a p e cu liar


o

n atu re , fro m i
( ),
k iz t w in, t w in s t h ro u gh

j
l (fi ch fiz
)
t rip le, a t rin e,
£5 3 3
(dd rddz ) f f
o u r o ld, to (b é s h lz j ivef o ld
)
an d p e rh ap s o n to
3: 3l
, (onuz
) t en -fo ld . A dj e c t iv e s are fo rme d
ACC I DENCE OR E T Y M O L O GY . 81

fro m t h e s e in ) ; as ,
,
l jfi l (ik iz li), p o s s es s ed o
f t w in s , f
o tw in
J o ) J
d dzld amb s , b ran c h e s ,
(b ra n c h e s ,
( c h ) w ith th ree (l

&c .

T h e w rit te n d igit s are : 1 1, r 2, r


'
3, 1 4, o 5, 1 6, v 7, A 8,

9 9, 0 . W it h the se , c o mp o u n d nu mb e rs a re w rit te n as in

E n glis h , fro m le ft t o ri
gh t ; as , re 25, 11 . 16 0, m . 1 3409 ,

“ H r. “ 7 8003046 ,
&c .

I n da te s , t h e t h o u s and, an d ge n e ra l l
y t h e h u ndre ds . of t he

y e ar o f th e H ij ra are o mit t e d, as al s o t h e do t s o f t h e le t t e rs ;

£2 » (s é n é
11
th u s, s t an d s fo r h ifi lk lyfiz ddq s an fil ti)

H ij ra) 12 96 ; l l rml b lr
( L3 (
in the yea r of the l3 r1 fi
yy

2 5, s é né 9 7 ) o n the 2 13 i Z i l -

-
Q a d a, 9 7

T he s igns fo r t h e mo n th s , in dat e s , a re
l" fo r
F i ;
g u
p , fo r
0 C fif lfl ) 0

“ 40 ) I


'
0 o 510 a ,

j
ug ; l) ,
fo r' JJ Yl
C ab ; fo r
/ é) l> , fo r J)

C ’
fo r l 6 h? ;
3 u ,
fo r u ?) U
», fo r U 1
fo r d u g;

fo r L) , fo r 3 fo r A;
L1 3 T h e day
J , (5 ; 3, 5 .

al w a
y s p re c e de s t he s ign o f the mo n t h ; an d th e fi rs t d ay is
; o f)

}
,

t e rme d (gu )
rre , w h ile t h e t h irt ie t h is me d ( é );
é
a na . l
s k h
'
l o £6
as , ” " l» ; al l d o t s b e ing mit t e d in
3 o
.
'
u
l L5 f L

t h e se s h o rt e n e d nu me ral da te s . N ot so, h o w e v e r, w h e n the


N s 1

dat e w r1tt e n out fu l l w o rds ; 2


18 1n as , si r 1
/

J
f
a 1 O )


0
(s ub s
I

lk lyfi z ddq s an ddquz s é né>l h lj rlyyé s l m ah i mfi h arré minlfi dn -

G
82 O TT O MAN T UR K I S H GRA MM A R .

b é s h lnj l p é nj s b é nb lh gyfi nfi ) T h is day of T hu rs d ay , the 15 t h f


o

t he mo n t h of M u h a rrem, of t he H ij ra yea r 12 99 .

S EC T ION I V . T he P ro n o u n .

T h e T u rk is h p e rs o n al p ro n o u n h as no dis t in c t io n of g e n de r

z) (
b
; é )
n I , (S an , no t s en) thou , l
J (
6 in w rit in g, ge n e rally,

61) he, s he, it an d t h e ir p l u rals ( ) w e,


b iz
( ) i
s z yo u,

r, hu la
(i n la
)
r t hey . a.

o I

I n p o l it e n e s s, an d are u se d in s t e ad of
U
. ) an d

Th e y t h e n h a v e t h e ir own p l ura ls :
j} (b iz ler ,
) (i
s zl r é ) ,

w h ich ca nn o t b e e x p re s s e d in E n glis h . Th e s e are e v e n u se d

as S ingu lars ,
b y t he o ve r -
p o l it e . T h e t h ird p e rs o n p lu ral is

u s e d, in t h e sa me w ay, o u t o f p o l it e ne s s , fo r t h e s in gu lar, as

is p rac t is e d in I t al ia n ; b u t it h as no t it s p l u ral . T h e w o rd
0

u K (k endl) lf;
se is a k in d of co mmo n p ro n o u n, o f a ll th e

p e rs o n s , s in
g u lar a n d
p l u ra l . I t is s
p e c ial i e d z b y t h e p o s se s

s iv e s .

Th e p e rso n al p ro n o u n s ,
s in u lar an d
g p l ura l ,
a re de c l in e d in

the sa me w ay as th e n o u n s s u b s t a n t iv e , e xce p t in g t h at so me of

th e m h av e s p e c ial e n i t i e — a l l b u t th o se of the s e co n d
a g v ,

T h e se ;
pe rso n ,
s in gu lar an d p l u ral .
ge n i
o
t iv e s are :
F (b e nim
)
m m
f , y;
o e (san lfi
) of thee, thy ; e lu l (anin , onufi ) of him,

her, it ; his , her, its ; (b lz lm o


)f us o u r; Q4 : (s iz in) of yo u,
0 1 01

i in, du la e m, th eii
yo ur , (du la rifi
) o
f th . B u t, t o tak e e it h e r
A c c m nn c n on E T Y M O L O GY . 83

of t h e p re p o s it io n s
j
L al Al l , a ft e r t h e ir s in
g u la rs , th ey mu s t

b e p u t in t h e ge n it iv e , al l b u t t h e t h ird p e rs o n p l u ral ; a

0 J (3 4 O Co

l l J JJ l
'

q l me, 11
11 w ith y o u,
q l d al fo r h im, her, it, a

w ith them .

T h e s e ge n it iv e s are u se d, w hen re
qu ired , t o e mp h as i e z an d

c o rro b o ra te t h e p o s s e s s iv e p ro n o u n of th e sa me nu mb e r an d

T h ey are n e v e r u s e d al o n e , W ith o u t t h e ir p o s s e s s iv e s
p e rs o n .

to c o rro b o ra te ; t h u s, 1
£
61; (b ab am) my f a the (n o t r my mo ther,
0

P
1 1 ,

M: (b e nim b ab am m
) y fa t h e r
( no t y o u r fa t h e r, or his

fa t h e r) .

T h e p o s se s s iv e p ro n o u n s ,
t o o , h av e no d is t in c t io n of ge n de r,

Fre n ch prin c iple T he y 1 (lm


e it h e r o n t h e E n glis h or . a re
{ ,

im) my ; d (in
e , in) t hy ; L5 o r, a ft e r a v o w e l , ( 5 1, s i)

h is , her, its ; 3 a
(imlz , imiz
) o u r,
J
f (in lz ,
in iz ) y
i ou r ;
L5 ) (lé l l,

ldri), their .

T he s e p o s s e s s iv e s are s u flixe d to t h e s u b s t an t iv e s they

q u a lif
y, an d fo rm o ne w o rd w ith th e m . T h at co mp o u n d
0 I

w o rd is t h e n de c l in e d l ik e a si mp le s u b s t a n t iv e ; t h us, "
1J
1

(é v im m
) y h o u s e, of my ho u se, t
11
(é v imé) to

my h ou s e, l ib i (é v imdé)
a in my h o u s e ; &c .
( e
T h L5
a dde d

h e re b e fo re t h e b are p o s se s s iv e , is t h o u gh t b y so me to b e

n e e de d in t h e c as e of a re ce d in n s o n an t t h a t do e s not
p g c o

j o in on in w rit ing t o its ne x t le t te r in t h e sa me w o rd . O t h e rs


0 I

do n o t c o n s ide r an d rit e :
‘ &c ; b u t
it n e c e s s ai
y w \
dJ l
l?
, .
84 O TT O MAN T U RK I S H GRAMMAR .

w he n th e co mp o u nd, in de c le n s io n , & c .
,
t ak e s ano t h e r vo w e l

a ft e r it , it is m o re u s u al to a dd t h is p re c e d in g v o w e l a ls o ; as

$ 139 1 (é v lmlfi ) of my h o u s e, l Jl (é v lmé ) to


a a my ho u s e ;
I

(é v lfi lz
)yo u r h o u se ; &c .

T he vow e l t h at p re c e de s t h e b are p o s s e s s iv e is an e e re
s , s o ft

or h a rd , g iv e n g rammat ic a lly t o t h e fi nal co n s o n an t of th e

q u a li fie d s u b s t an t iv e , w hen it e n ds in a c o n s o n an t . Th u s ,

3 1(at) a h o rs e, (atim) m ho rs e,
y (fit ifi ) t hy h o rs e,
Q T
a
( )
t i , his , h er, its h o rse,
B A T(at imiz ) o u r h o rs e, L
3 (T at ifi l z
)
l ( ~

y our ho rs e, (t h an) t h eir h o rse . A ft e r an d t fi rfi vow el

o ) :

d o mina n t , t h is e s e re b e c o m e s fi tdrfi al s o ; th u s , J l (o gh ul)


'

c
J

12
1 }
,

a so n,
$ (dgh uldm) my son ; £3 (b ut ) a t high, 3
25; (b ut um)
( u um m fi ) fa ce z dm m
J} (y
or b d ) t hi h (yd ) y
(n
.
y g ; ! z a ,

fa ce ; a n eye, my eye .

Whe n th e s u b s t a n t iv e e n ds w ith a v o w e l, t h e b are p o s s e s s iv e

is a dde d t o fo rm a s
y ll ab le w it h t h a t vo w e l, w h a te v e r it may
0 1 :

b e ; t h u s, hb (b ab am ) my f a th er ; aJ
J i (y dn q dfi
) t hy e ch o ;
r

é}
; (q fip us u) his , her, it s do o r or ga t e ,

( gy
s n fi mfi z
)
ou r b ayo ne t ; yo u r exp erien ce ;

( s fi rdlé rl) the ir fl c k


o . T he e xamp le h e re g iv e n , w it h the

p o s s e s s ive s in u l ar of th e t h ird p e rs o n , sho w s cl e arly t h at


g
w h en th e s u b s t an t ive e n ds w it h a v o w e l, “ is t h e p o s s e s s ive ,
L5

in l ie u of u, a ft e r a c o n s o n an t .

I f the fin a l vo w e l o f the s u b s ta n t iv e is a, it is ne ve r j o in e d
86 O T T O MAN T U RK I SH GRAM M AR .

re a s o n o f the e x c e p t io n is e v ide n t — th e fi na l c o n s o n an t tak e s


,

no v o wel b e fo re d ) .

T h e s e p o s s e s s iv e s e q u al l
y q u a lif y p l u ra l s u b s tan t iv e s , a n d
6

S i gn
1 1

fo l lo w t h e f t h e p l u ral Th us, l (é v lé rlm), my ho u ses


o .

”b
el
j
l a l (i t lal in ) t h
y h o rs es
; ( s u n gyfi lé rl
) h i s , h er, it s

O!

/
1 I

b ay o n et s ; ( hsrfi lé rl mlz
) o u r lo ck s 3 23 (t éyz elé i l
;
a
4 5 t

I O I ’

11 21 ) yo u r a u n ts ; na l i (q é naq larl) their ma ns io ns .

By a co n s ide rat io n of the e x am p l e s ab o v e giv e n w it h t h e

p o s s e s s iv e s of th e t h ird p e rs o n s , s in g u lar an d p l u ra l, as

a t ta ch e d to s in
g u la r a n d
p lu ral s u b s t a n t iv e s , t w o p e c u liarit ie s

b e c o me e v ide n t , n a me ly : 1, t h e p lu ra l s ign is n o t re p e at e d fo r

the p o s s e s s ive w hen th e s u b s t an t iv e is it s e l f p l u ra l ; 2 , co n

s e q u e n t ly , the c o mb in at io n of a s u b s t an t iv e an d a
p o s s e s s iv e

of t h e t h ird p e rs o n , w h e n it h as t h e p l u ral s
y l l ab le
ll b e tw e e n

t h e t w o , le av e s it a l t o ge t h e r d o u b t fu l w h e t h e r t h is p l u ral s ig n

b e l o n gs t o t h e s u b s t an t iv e or t o t h e p o s s e s s iv e . E v e n if t h e

c o mb in at io n u
j j j (q q
t itj s na larlé ri) h a d b e e n in u s e ,
-
w h ich

is no t
. th e c a s e —it w o u ld h av e b e e n imp o s s ib l e to
,
de c ide
o o l )

b na la i int e n de d t o b e t o k e n t h e
w h e th e r u ls lsj
j
s
(q q r ) w as s e ns e

o f his or h er ma ns io n s , on the o ne h a n d, or their ma n s io n , on

t h e o th e r . A dd t o t h is d iffi c u l ty t h e t h ird se nse o f t h eir ma n

s io n s , an d t he p u zz le b e co me s s t il l m o re co mp lica te d . I n

c o n v e rs a t io n , t h e do u b t of the h e are r my a be re mo v e d, if

n e ce ssary, b y p ro p e r e n q u irie s . B u t , in a w r it te n do cu me n t ,
ACC I DENCE OR E T Y M O L O GY . 87

in te nde d t o b e u n de rs t o o d by a n ab s e n t re ade r, o s s ib l a ft e r
p y
the de at h of t h e w rite r, a me t h o d w as s ee n , e s p e c ially by
'

j u dge s an d le gis t s , to b e n e ce s s ar
y fo r dis t in gu is h ing b e tw e e n

t h e t h re e c as e s .

T h at d is t in c t io n is e ffe c t e d, in w rit ing, so me w h at at the

e x p e ns e of la in rammar, fo l lo w s T o d is t ingu is h t h e
p g as .

s ingl e o s se s s o r o f t h e p l u ra l p o s s e s s io n s , t h e s in u lar co r
p g
ro b o ra t iv e e n it ive o f the e rso n a l ro n o u n is p lac e d b e fo re
g p p
O , O

AT
o I

th e co mb inat io n c o n t ain in g t h e p lu ral s ig n ; t h u s, u


w ss M

(Q u in q é n d l a
q ii
) h is or her ma ns io ns . To d is t in gu is h t he

p l u ral j o in t p o s s e s s o s o fra s in le
g p o s se s s io n , the g e n it iv e of

th e p lu ral
p e rs o n al p ro no u n is p re fix e d , an d gra mmar is

v io lat e d by o mit t in g the p l u ral s ig n fro m t h e c o mb inat io n

o f s u b s t an t iv e a n d p o s s e s s iv e ; as , eJ Ul
/ (i n larifi
q b na h i
g )

t h eir ma ns io n . I n t h e t h ird case , th e s ign of th e p l u ral is

u sed in t h e c o rro b o ra t iv e an d in t h e co mb in at io n ; th u s,
1 0 1 ) O t o ,

h (i l a l d a l arl
) t heir ma ns io ns A do u b t may

l Ld Lil ii

é ; t n r q n q
gj j / .

s t ill b e fe l t, a nd t h e s e d is t in c t io n s are n o t al w a
ys u sed .

T h e de c le n s io n of th e c o mb inat io n w ith t h e p o ss e s s iv e of

t h e t h ird p e rso n , s in gu la r o r p l u ral ,


t ak e s a s e c ial
p fo rm, a
u
b e in g int ro du c e d b e fo re t h e p re p o s itio n s , an d th e fi n al v o w e l
le t t e r of the o rigin al c o mb in a t io n s u p p re s s e d b e fo re t h is c) ,

w h e n t h e lat t e r is j o in e d in w rit in g t o t h e c o mb in a t io n s in

gu lar, o r do e s not it se l f p o s s e s s a v ow el in t h e co mb inat io n


88 O T T O M AN T U RK I SH GRAMMAR .

p l u ral . T h is ru le , a l i
pp e d t o p o s s e s s iv e s j o in e d to s u b s t an

t iv e s e n d in g re s p e c t iv e l
y in c o n s o n an t s or v o w e ls ,
ac ts th u s

[ C I t o , 1 0’

/0 4 O t o 1 0, 1 f or a a t ; o o z

I O '

Whe n is an j
a d e c t ive , it r e main s u n c h an e
g ,d an d

me an s o wn ; th us , b L’ b i b hm) my ow n
f a the r
r ,

fi g ;
/

sA ll (k e n di val ldé lé rln lz ) y


i ou r own mo thers , & c .

S EC TI O N V . The D emo n s t ra t ives .

2
,

T h e se are , (b fi ) th is, , .
( u)sh tha t o r th is
J
l (6) or
J)
b
( ,l as in t h e p e rs o n al ) tha t, fi J
l (6 b l r
) or
Jf
lfi l (dl b h ) th e

o th er . T h ey are u s e d a s s u b s t an t iv e s a n d as a d e c t iv e s j b e in g

de c l in e d or in variab l e , ac c o rdin l l ik o th e r s u b s ta n t iv e s a n d
gy e


,

j
a d e c t iv e s . T h u s, u L j fi this bo o k,
L
i
ll i )
: thes e b o o k s ;
O O/fi o

l
O ’ l ' C I

j s
j
l t ha t
l o th e r man , J l s sl
j j t ho se o th e r men ; 810 .

r
J J
As s u b s t an t iv e s ,
x an d are t h u s de c l in e d, so me t h in g lik e

3; (b d ndfi ) K (b nn e) l }
3

i
l

t h e p e rso nal or
J, . £ , , a

(Mi mi ) (b fi n dft n) ; y } ; Uj b fi
a
;
} ,

;
; I C/O

(b un la1 ln ,
) J
s D) (b fi n lfira), (b fi nlé rdd), (5
2
h (b il n lfin i) ,
90 O TT O MAN T U RK I SH G RAMMAR .

me
( ) w h a t ? is ge n e ra ll
y a s u b s t a n t iv e , a nd d e c line d ; b u t
0

I t I s a ls o u se d as an ad e c t l ve , an d
j 18 t h e n in v aria b l e : M 5 4:
3
( é n n lfi
) of w h a t ? ( for 4 4 5 ,
n éy é ) to w ha t ? 5
;
34 (né dé ) in
4; m l) w h a t é dan ) f ro m
w ha t ?
Q ( e y u ni (fo r n

j l ll
'

w ha t ? (for 43 ,
u hle r) w ha t (
th ings )? a :
(n elé rlfi
) of w ha t

(t h i g )
n s ; &c .

L5
53 (q hn
gi ,
vu lg . h angi) w hich ? is b o t h s u b s t an t iv e an d

j
a d e c t iv e , —de c line d o r in variab l e ac c o rdin gly .

Th e se t h re e w o rds , as s u b s tan t iv e s , t ak e th e p o s s e s s iv e
O t

s u ffi x e s . T h u s, (k l mlm) my w ho ( n em) my w ha t 7

M (k imlfi ) y
t h w h o 7
. £ :
9 (n é fi ) t hy w h a t ?
4 an is i
(q g )
its w h ich , w h ich ( o ne
) f o it
gw fi lmlerlm) my w ha t p er

s o ns ?
F
4
14: (
n elé rl m) my
I 04
w h a t t h ings an imiz w h ich
(q g )
a Of

( one ) f o us hn ilé rl nlz


(q g ) w h ic h ( o ne s
)f o
yo u

a
(q g
n ilé ri
) w hi c h (o n e ,
o r, w h ich o n e s ) f o them

0 0 1
;
Of f ,

b o th 8111
. »4 or
h as ( onl
y . n dq i ddr) ho w mu ch a re )
J
s ta11t 1v e s a n d

:
j) ( y
4 o nl
3
. n e tfi rlfi ) w ha t s o rt ? j
a d e c t iv e s ,

S EC TI O N VI I . T he R e la tive P ro no u n .

T HERE I s NO R E LA T V E I P RON o uN I N T U RK I SH , t h o u gh

at te mp t s are made to use t h e P e rs ian re lat iv e an d c o n u n c t io n , j


4 f (k l) ,
as s u ch , in l it e rary c o m p o s it io n . T h e T u rk is h co n

j u n ct io n 4 1 is a ver
y d iffe re n t t h in
g . I ts u se b y E u r o p e an s
ACCID EN CE OR E T YM O L O GY . 91

p c a ns an d o l h e i s, as a re lat ive ro n o u n , is re at l t o be
p g y
a v o ide d T h is av o id an ce o f a l l u se of th e re la t iv e ro n o u n
.
p
is t h e p rime dis t in c t io n of T u rk is h fro m all Aryan an d S e mit ic
t o ngu e s . I t is t h e p e rfe c t io n of lan g u age .

T he nu me ro u s ac t iv e a n d p as s iv e
p art ic i l
p es o f t h e T u rk is h

v e rb o b v ia t e the n e ce s s it f re la t iv e T he ac t iv e
'

ar
y o a .
p
t ic ip le s t ak e t h e p lace o f o u r re lat ive w h e n it is no min at iv e

to a v e rb an d t h e p as s iv e p art ic ip le s do so w h e n o u r re la t iv e

is t h e a c cu s at iv e , o r a n
y in d ire c t j
o b e c t o f a v e rb .
(S e e t h is

e x p la in e d in t h e p aragrap h s on t h e P art ic ip le s , in S e c t io n V I I I ,

on t h e V e rb .
)
T h e re is a
p e c u l iar T u rk is h re la t iv e , h o w e v e r, t o w h ic h w e

h ave no
p aral le l in E n glis h ,— t h e fi
su f x I t is a t t ac h e d

t o no u ns an d
p ro n o u n s s u b s t an t iv e in t w ow a
ys . I f the sub

s t an t iv e b e in t h e ge n itive , t h e c o mb in at io n is a s u b s t an t iv e ,

an d in dicat e s t ha t w h ich be lo ngs to (th e s u b s t a n t iv e


) ; th u s ,

(5b al ib i;
, g lib (b ab anifi k i) the o ne w h ich b e lo ngs to a (or

t he) f a t her,
b
i b }; (b ab smifi k i) t he o ne c
w hi h be lo ngs to my

f a ther,
g a bl (b ab as inifi k i)
e the o ne b e lo nging to h is ( or h er)

&c I f the s u b s t an t iv e b e in t h e

a t h er, fa ther s
f h is o ne ; .

l o c at iv e c as e , th e co mb inat io n is s o me t ime s a su b s t an t iv e ,

so me t ime s an j
a d e c t iv e . The s u b s tan t iv e co mb in at io n t h e n

i ndicat e s t ha t w h ich ex is t s in ( th e si mp le s u b s tan t iv e ) ; th e

j
a d e c t iv e c o mb in at io n e x p re s s e s the ( s u b s tan t iv e ) w hi ch ex is ts
92 O T T O MAN T U RK I SH GRAMMAR .

1 0 1 1

in (th e fi rs t s u b s t a n t iv e ). Th u s, (b ab amdek l) t h e

t h ing, t he o ne th a t ex is t s , t h a t is in ( th e p o s s e s s io n o r k e e p in g

of ) my f a t h er, w hi ch my f a ther h a s or h o lds i t;


6
gt
(
¢
a la n dé k l l llm ) th e
(b l s i s cie n c e p o s s es s ed by his f a ther, t h a t is in

h is f ather . The su b s tan t iv e co mb inat io n s fo rm t h e p l u ral, an d

a re de c line d ; t h e j
a d e c t iv e c o mb inat io n is in v ariab le .

W ith a no un o f
p lac e or o f t ime t h e sa me p art icle ,
j fo rms

a re l at iv e c o mb in a t io n , s u b s tan t iv e j
o r a d e c t iv e , h av in g re la

t io n t o t h e p lac e or t ime na me d . I n t h e c as e o f t h e n o u n o f

la c e , t h e lo cat ive re o s it io n ma a ls o be mp l o y e d Th us ,
p p p y e .

O
c l the f o o t,
ta or lo w er p a rt ,

(
nal an d a x ial tha t w hic h

is at t he f oot ;
0

F
L
1

. “h
0 1

t e e ven ing,
0 1 0 1

th a t w h ic h w a s or

w ill be (p re s e n t ) in the evening .

S EC T I O N VI I I . T he D eriva t io n o f th e Verb .

As a
ge n e ral r u l e , e a ch p mri
a r
y T u rk is h ver b fo rms , it s e l f

in c l u de d, a s
y s t e m of t w e lv e afi r ma t ive, t w e lv e n ega tive an d

t w e lv e imp o t en t ia l v e rb s , by re u lar
g de riv a t io n —t h irty -
s 1x in

al l o ne h al f b e in g v e rb s a c tive ,
t he o th e r h a lf v e rb s p a ss ive

the ac t i ve v e rb s b e in g t ra n s it ive or in tra ns it ive ; t h e p as s iv e s

h av in g fo r t h e ir no min at iv e t h e d ire c t 01
"h t e in d ire c t j
ob ect

o f t h e t ra n s it iv e , t h e in dire c t j
ob ect o n ly o f t h e int ran s it iv e

p ri mit iv e .

I n an o t h e r mo de of s u b d iv is io n , o n the o t he r h a nd, t h e s e
O TT O MAN T U RK I SH GRAM M AR .

2
3 2
A

3 s 8
3
c 3 w 3 s &
c
$ 8 $
e 8 a e 2 2
$ 3
.

$ s s w
: 3
a s 5 3
5 $ 8 :

s
e
8 } 5
e
s
g 5 9
8 a
:
3
:

3 : 2
A

“ : S R
a 2 3 E
n 8 8
. E E
d C S
w 0
3 E
3 3 3
a

3
5

H A I I V K HI J J V H A I I V D SI N
A C C I DENCE OR E T YM O L O G Y . 95
'

(I A I I v mu ms V HA I L V S SI N
96 O T T O MAN T U R K I SH GRAMMA R .

R ema rk s on the f o rego ing T a b le .

T h e imp e rat iv e s in
g u l ar is t h e ro o t , o r s i mp le s t fo rm in t h e

co n uj g at io n ,
p ri mit iv e or de riv at ive , of the T u rk ish v e rb .

T h is j
c o n u ga t io n —u n iq u e fo r al l t h e t h irty -
s ix fo rms , as w il l

be se en fu rt h e r ou —co n s is t s in a ddin
g c e rta in v o w e l s an d c o n

s o n an t s t o th e e n d of t h is j
co n u gat io n al ro o t .

When t h e c o n u gat io n al ro o t o f t h e s im p le af
j fi rmat i ve fo rm

e n ds in J or in a v o w e l, it fo rms it s p as s iv e b y a d d in g
u
in s t e ad of
J . Th u s : ( )
b il l fi nd (b ti ld n , t h e d t fi rfi

1 0 a


d o min at in g) b e f o u nd , N55 q d
( p )l d co ver, u lb lj ( tt
q p lan
) b e

)?
a (q
c o vered ; fij l b fl
(q )
i r ea d, n
) be r ea d . I n the fo re

go ing cas e of th e vo w e l- e n din g, t h e p as s iv e so me t ime s t ak e s


I O ,

b o th th e u an d th e J ,
th e u al w a
ys p re ce d in
g ; t h u s, J 5
5 3l l
§
J J J
g
o z o ’ O


(q p l anil, as
u fib li ),
b e c o vered Jij éj l (bqh ndl, , as
wy l) b e rea d .

When mp l e fi mat iv e h as mo re t h an
'

th e ro o t of the si af r o ne

s y l lab le , an d e n ds in J o r a v o w e l, it s c au s a t iv e is fo rme d
j
0

U ;
'

by a ddin
g a le t t e r L.

in l ie u of the s
yl l ab l e T h u s, L

(q is al) be c o me s ho r ter, S lf ; (qi alt)


u a s mak e or let (it) beco me

s h o r ter ,

s ho r t e n ( t);
i (dk s dr co u h , m
) g p
é j
l (dk s fi rt )
l o ) 0 1 0 )

ma k e or l et (h im) co u gh , ( s dw éy lé ) sp ea k, sa
y,

(S fi w éyl At ) mak e or le t (h im) p


s ea k o r s ay, mak e or le t (it) be
j ’

sp o k en o r s a id
(b y h im) ; , j l (bqh ) rea d, re cite , b fi
(q )t

ma ke or le t (i
t) b e re a d o r re c ited (b y h im ), ma ke (h im) read .
98 O T T O MAN T U RK S H GRA M MA R I .

o ’ c o 0 ; o l o co 0 ’

j
d vs lg , (5 ) s
.3 &c .
; t h is l as t me an s to ca u s e (a
t h in g ) to b e c a u s ed ( y
b a s e co n d ) to b e c au s ed (y
b a t h ird) to

be w ritt en ( y
b a fo u rt h a
ge nt ).

T h e in de t ermin at e is als o c al le d t h e R eflex ive fo rm . I t h as

two u se s . M o re ge n e rally it h a s t h e sa me in trans it iv e s ig

n ifi c a t io n w it h t h e si mp le fo rm, as t o th e a c t io n , b u t b e to k e n s

t h at t h is ac t io n is t h e n p e rfo rme d w it h o u t an
y d e t e rmin at e
0 0 0 1

e x t e rio r o b e c t j . Thu s M is , t o k ick o ne s


f ee t o r h ee ls a bo u t

as one l ies o r s ta nds (lik e a dan c e r, a man in a p a s s io n, a dyin g

a u m a ) is , t o lo o k
ani mal ,
w b (b q l q a b o u t, h ere an d

t h ere, in a p erp lexed o r in qu is itive ma n ner ; & c . B u t, at o t h e r

t ime s , t h is fo rm is t ran s it iv e , an d t h e n in d ic ate s t h at th e

age n t is e it h e r the d ire c t or in dire c t o bj e c t , al s o , of th e

t h at t h e is do ne t o fo r th e age n t s s e l f.

ac t io n , -
ac t or Thu s,

i
(q qij u a maq ) lf ;

l s h n to gird a s w o rd on to o ne s se

0 0 0

j
1 0 1

é v é dln mé k
( )

d d xl l to a cqu ire a ho u s e f o r one 3 s e
lf , M
l;

a n maq) f ( w it h o n e s w

)

(q s h i to s cra tch o ne 3 s el n ail s

l
(g y l nmé k ) p
t o ut o n o n e s clo t hes ,

M s
‘ ? (ch iz maglyln mé k )
to p u t on b o o ts , ( c h lz malé rlml glylnéy lm) let me

p ut on my b o o t s &c .

P as s iv e v e rb s o f n e u t e rs are d efect ive th e y are c o n u gat e d j


in t h e t h ird p e rs o n s ing u l a r o nl
y, an d in in fl e x io n s ove r w h ic h

p e rs o n an d n u m
b e r e x e rc is e n o infl u e n c e . T h e y s ign ify, to b e

su ch th a t the n eu tra l a c tio n ta k es p la ce in , to , f o r, by , o n a ccou n t


A CC ID EN E C OR E T Y M O L O GY . 99

of, & c .
(as e x
p re s s e d ),
s o me t h in g n a me d, as th e ac t o f s o me or

an
y in de t e rm ina t e age n t . Th u s,
” 65 ( y
b
0
fi l
1
é t
0
é p l
1
nl l ma

1
z)

1 )

er o rmed , arass
the a ct o
f k ick ing a b o u t is no t thu s p f ” Lg; ta
b ); (h

t é p lnllmaz
) th e a ct
f
o kick ing a bo u t is no t a llo w ed here ; & c .

We h ave su ch p a s s iv e v e rb s in E nglis h ; as , to be s lep t in , t o

be f o u gh t f or ; &c .

T h e T u rk is h p as s iv e v e rb al w ays h as , inh e re n t in it, t h e

s e ns e o f t o be —a b le . Th u s,
n (k é s lllr
) i t is
O /CI
cu t (
o fte n ),

it w il l b e cu t (th e n ) , it is cu t t a b le (y é n m az ) i t is

n o t e a ten (as a ru le
) ,
i t w il l no t be ea ten
(th e n ) ,
it i s n o t ea t a b l e

(e it h e r n o w , o r by n a t u re
) .

S EC T I O N IX . T he Tu rk is h Co nj u ga tio n .

A ll T u rk is h fi
af r mat iv e v e rb s , ac t iv e or p as s iv e , t ran s it iv e
or in t ran s it iv e , are c o n u gat e d j in o ne a nd t he sa me inva ria b le

ma nner, mo difi e d, as t o t h e ir se r v ile v o w e ls an d c o n s o nan t s ,

b y t h e law s o f c l as s an d e u p h o n
y al o n e T he ne at iv e a nd
.
g
imp o t e n t ial v e rb s diffe r fr o m t h e af r fi mat iv e , as to con u j ga t io n,

me re ly in t h e fo rm o f t h e ao ris t ac t iv e
p art ici l
p e, an d of t he

a n al o o us ao ris t t e n s e in dic at iv e S o t h at onl o n e s o le c o n


g .
y
j u gatio n e x is t s , in r e ality ,
in t h e T u rk is h l an gu age .

T he j
c o n u gat io n c o n s is t s o f one mp le
si an d t h re e c o m p le x

c ate go rie s of m o o ds , t e nse s , n u mb e rs , e rs o n s , art ic i l


p p p e s,

ve rb al n ou ns, an d ge ru n ds ; all fo u r c a t e go rie s , s imp le an d


100 O T T O MAN T U RK I SH GRAMMAR .

co mp l e x , b e in g fu n dame n tally a lik e , b ut e ac h m o difi e d in a

c e rt ain s
p e c ial man n e r, t o e x p re s s a mo difi e d v aria t io n o f the

a c t io n .

E ach c at e
g or
y h as s ix m o o ds : t h e imp e rat iv e , in dic at iv e ,

ne c e s s it a t iv e , o p t a t iv e (a so l j
s u b u n c t iv e
) , c o n d it io n al , an d

in fi n it iv e .

T h e imp e rat ive mo o d h as o ne t e n se , t h e fu t u re .

T h e in dic at iv e h as e igh t t e n s e s , in fo u r p airs t h e p re s e n t

and imp e rfe c t ; the a o ris t a nd


p as t ; th e p e rfe c t an d
p l u

rfe c t t h e fu t u re an d as t fu t u re
p e ; p .

T he n e c e s s ita t iv e , o
p t at iv e , an d c o n dit io n al, h av e o ne p air
e ac h , the a o ris t an d as t T h e in fi n it iv e h as b u t one t e ns e ,
p .

t h e p re s e n t .

E ac h c a t e go r
y h as fi v e ac t iv e p art ic ip le s ; the p re s e n t (
w h ic h

is t h e ge n e ra l ac t iv e
p art ic i l
p ,e a
p p l ic ab le , in o ne s ense , t o

an
y t ime,
p as t, p re s e n t , or fu t u re ), t h e ao ris t, th e p as t , the

e rfe c t , an d the fu t u re I T u rk is h , t h e p re s e n t o r ac t iv e ,
p . n

the p e rfe c t or p as s iv e , are no t c o n fu s e d t o ge t h e r as in

E u ro p e an la ngu age s ; e ac h is d is t in c t in fo rm an d in sense ,

a nd is d iffe re n t fro m t h e ge ru n d in fo rm, as it is , in grammar

an d in s e nse , d iffe re n t fro m t h e v e r b al n o u n .

T he ac t iv e p art ic ip le s of t h e p as s ive v e rb s de n o te t h e d ire c t

r e c ip ie n t s of th e ac t io n o f v e rb s t ra n s it iv e ; t h e p as s iv e p ar

t ic ip l e s o f th e sa me app ly t o t h e in dire c t o bj e c ts t h e re o f . T he

a c tiv e rt ic i le s f the a s s iv e s of int ran s it ive s de n o t e t h e


p a p o
p
102 O T T O MAN T U RK I SH GRAM M AR .

(t é pé méyéj é k ) , the fi nal A Of th e ne


ga t iv e
p art ic l e ;
A b e in g

e l ide d a s u s e le s s .

When th e ro o t e n ds w ith a v o w e l, as is t h e cas e w it h all


0

the n e ga t i e s v an d i mp o t e n t ia ls , t h e s
y l lab le h (yan a
y )
n is
u ,

a dde d in t h e p I e se n t
p ar t ic ip le , t h e fi nal a o r (5 Of t h e ro o t

b e ing s u p p re s s e d, a n d by so me e ve n th e l ; b u t th e is k e p t
J
O

B;
i l

1 h u s , u b i b l; t a a a
(q p y ), (té p méyan)

in t a c t . or
O u s l n l ,

(t é pln é méy an ) fi rfi a
(y y ), b u a
,
n
(q y )
n .

T h e T u rk is h p re s e n t ac t iv e p art ic ip le , in c o l lo q u ial l an

g ua
g e, as a re man et fro m e as t e rn T u rk is h ,
t ak e s a ft e r it t h e

3db d a, t o fo rm

“(
i i an a dv e rb o f fu t u re t ime ;
p re
p o s t on 3 , p as t or

as, 1
15 5
gldan dé
) w h en (I ,
th o u , & c .
) w en t, o r s h a ll go .

T he a o ris t a c tiv e p art ic i l


p e, Of the sa me fo rm as t h e t h ird

p e rs o n s in gu lar o f th e ao ris t tens e of t h e in dic at iv e , al w a


y s
0

e nds in a le tte r
J
in affi rmat iv e s , an d in t h e s y l lab le
}( )
: maz

in n e gat iv e s an d imp o t e n t ials . Thus, ( e


t pe r
) ,

( t é p é mé z ) .

I n t he simp le fi
af r mat iv e , t h e vowel a dde d t o t h e las t co n

s o n an t Of the ro o t , t o w h ic h t h e fi n al is t h e n a
pp e n de d,

c a nn o t b e de fi n e d b y ru le . Of c o u rs e , it mu s t b e h ard o r s o ft

a cco rd in g t o t h e d o mina n t in t h e ro o t ; b u t d iffe re n t ve rb s


h av e fi s tfi n , o t h e rs e s e re ,
o th e rs again fi t fi rfi, fo r t h e ir vo w el

a nd w it h th e fis tfi n, a ll h ar d v e rb s ad d l, as do so me s o ft

v e rb s w h ile o th e r s o ft v e rb s dis p e n s e w it h t h is l e t t er . Thus


A CC I DENCE OR E T Y M O L O GY . 103

we h av e : (q ira )
r , if (s amur, vu lg s anir),
{
.

))
K (g é lf1r vu l
g g é l l 1
) .
,
I f ,
( y )
i irii
s .

T h e S imp le re fl e x iv e fo rms it s ao ris t in fi tfi rfi an d ( ge ne


J)

ra l l
y p ro n o u n c e d as e s e re an d
p ) . T he mp le
si re c i ro c al
p do e s

t he sa me . We h av e , t h e re fo re , (t epl n fi r, v u lg . t é p ln lr),
[

j g; ( t ép ls h fi r, vu lg t é p ls h lr .
) . A ll t h e s imp l e a n d c au s a t iv e

p as s i ve s fo llo w t h is ru le ; th u s, i
Lv (
; t é p l lfi r , t é p lllr i
) j3 f
,
"

( p
t é l n l lfi r, t é l nl llr ,
p ) j té p ls h l ld
( i
'

, u
( p .

ta
( p in d1 111 ;1 (t é p ls h dlrlllr) . I t W 111

be Ob s e rve d t hat vo w el i i rcala t e d b e fo re t h e in


a
(5 s n t e
J
t h e s e w o rd s . T his is a me c h an ic al ru l e . T h e p re c e din g is

a le t t e r t h a t d o e s no t j o in on t o it s fo l lo w e r ; t h is is t h e s o le

re as o n fo r t h e a dd it io n O f t h at 6 5
w h e n t h e fo ll o w ing J h as a

v o w e l. T he sa me ru le is ap plie d b y ma n
y t o t h e Of the
j

c au s at iv e
5° in lik e c as e s t h a t is , w h e n it h as it s v o w e l , as

it al w a
y s h as in t h e ao ris t . T h e w o rds ab o v e g iv e n ma
y

t h e re fo re b e w rit t e n , l
3, i 2 i
31 3 ié 3; b b u t t h is h as
£1
n o e ffe ct on th e p ro n u n c iat io n .

T he ao ris t p as s iv e p art i c ip le h as t h e sa me fo rm as the a c t ive

p e rfe c t , an d t h e fu t u re p as s iv e is id e n t ical in fo rm w it h t h e
O

fu t u re
r I '

ac t iv e . MAJ ( p
t é dlk ); ela-AA ;
L ( té p é é
j )k .

T h e re are t h re e v e rb al no uns ; t he p re s e n t or ge n e ra l,

fo rme d b y a dd in g 6 2 (me ,
ma) t o the ro o t , e x ac t ly lik e t h e

n e gat iv e im p e ra t iv e ; t h e p e rfe c t, ide n t ic a l in fo rm w it h t h e


104 O TT O MAN T U RK I S H GR A MM A R .

p e rfe c t ac t iv e a n d ao ris t p a s s iv e
p art ic i l
p es an d t h e fu t u re ,

ide n t ic al w it h t h e t w o fu t u re p art ic ip le s . T hu s, r; (tép mé )


o
0 "
e f( té p dlk ) ; (té p éj é k ) . T h e fo rm of th e

p re s e nt v e rb al n o u n is al s o t h at o f a v e rb al a d e c t iv e j p as s iv e ,

s ign if in d o n e, ma de, e
j ec t ed as th e resu l t o
f (t h e a c t io n of
y g

“g
1 01

th e v e rb
); t h u s, , as s u ch j
ad e c tiv e , me an s cau s ed by a

k ick or k ick s .

T h is de riv at iv e of t h e t ran s it iv e v e rb ac t iv e s imp le an d


t o ’

c au s at iv e c an al s o tak e t h e p as s iv e se ns e ; t h u s, J (k é s mé ,
)
w h ich n at u rally me a n s a n a ct o f cu t t ing, o fte n me an s a ls o an

0 1 )

a ct of being cu t ; as ,

fl; (k e s me s i
q b lay) it is ea s ily

cu t . I t is al s o mu ch u se d as a p as s iv e j
ad e c t iv e w h en th e

ll ?
o ) :

is t ran s it iv e ; inj e k e s me t fi tfi n fin ely


v e rb as , a ( )
cu t to b a cco an d as an a c t iv e j
ad e c t iv e w h e n the v e rb is in
0 0 o

“16
1 1 f f !

t ran s itiv e ; as ,
AL.
u sh b (b ab adan qal ma mal)p p y
ro ert

ma in ing fro m ( )f

re o ne s a t her.

L e av ing t h e ge ru n ds fo r t h e p re s e n t, w e may no w in q u ire

in to t h e mo de of fo rmat io n of th e t e ns e s o f e ac h mo o d . B ut

b e fo re d o in g s o, w e mu s t in dicat e t h e diffe re n c e s that s e rv e

c le arl
y t o d is t in u is h t h e
g ac t iv e art ic i l e s , t h e p as s iv e p ar
p p
0

t ic iple s , an d the v e rb al n o u n s, o f t h e t w o fo rms in e) : or


G "
ié t g

an d in e or s :
I n th e fi rs t
p lac e ,
t h e p art ic i l
p es are j
ad e c t iv e s , w h ile t h e

ve r b al n o u n s a re s u b s t an t iv e s . T h e re fo re , w h e n e v e r a de riva
106 O T T O MAN T URKI SH GRAMMAR .

md) h a ve yo u s een my p a s t a ct io n o f w riting w ritin g ? i . e .


,
h a ve

yo u e ver s een me w rite


M u
g s ? (galéj eylmi k lm
sfiw éylé dl) w ho men tio n ed my fu t ure a c t io n o
f co ming i . e . w ho

t o ld ( y o u, h im, & c .
) tha t I w a s a bou t to co me

P ro c e e d w e no w to d is c u s s t h e fo rmat io n of t h e t e ns e s .

T h e t h ird p e rs o n s in g u lar is t h e ro o t o f e ach t e n se , e x ce p t

in t h e imp e rat iv e . L e a v in g t h e nu mb e rs an d p e rs o n s fo r

fu t u re c o n s ide rat io n , we may s ay, in t h e fi rs t p l ac e , t h a t, as

the s e co n d t e n s e in e a ch p air, o f e ve r
y m ood (e x c l u din g the

i mp e rat iv e an d th e in fi n it iv e ) , is fo rme d fro m t h e fi rs t te n s e

of t h e p air b y t h e a dd it io n o f th e au x il iar
y l
( )
d l w a s ,
a ft e r

i t, w e may l e av e t h e s e s e co n d t e n se s al s o fo r fu t u re co n

s ide ra t io n .

B y t h e s e me an s w e arriv e at t h e co n c l u s io n t h at t h e re are

fo u r t e n s e s in t h e in dicat iv e , an d o n e e ac h in t h e n e c e s s it at iv e ,

O p ta t iv e , c o n d it io n al , a n d in fi nit iv e , t h e fo rms of w h ic h h av e

t o b e de fi ne d .

The fo u r in dic a tiv e t e nse s a re — th e p re se n t, th e ao ris t

(p re s e n t h ab it u al an d fu t u re p ro mis s iv e ), t h e p e r fe c t , an d the

fu t u re ; t h e s in gl e te n s e of th e o th e r t h re e mo o ds is t h e ir

a o ris t
( p re s e n t or fu t u re ) ; an d t h at of t h e in fi n it ive is it s

p re s e n t .

T h e p re s e n t in dic at iv e a dd s an e s e re an d the s
yll ab le
J) ;

(ybr) to
O J I

the c o n so n a n t al ro o t ; t h u s, ( t ep lyb r ) . I t in di
A CC ID EN E C OR E T YM O L O GY . 107

c a te s a p re s e n t ac t io n
( ac t u al o r h ab it u al) he is k ick ing (no w );

he no w h a bitu a l ly k icks . A dd t h e au x il iary to t h is ,

t é i
( p ybr idl ) ,
an d it fo rms t h e imp e rfe c t, he w as k ick

ing (t h e) n . A fi nal c; mo re fre q u e n t ly c h an ge s to s ; as ,

e ll zf , ,
j gg (ed
,
lyb r
) ; & c .

T he ao ris t in dic at iv e v arie s in fo rm of th e s e rv ile s yl lab le ,

but al w a
y s e n ds in in t h e a fiir mat iv e s , an d in '

s
(mbs , maz)
J

in t h e n e ga t iv e s an d imp o t e n t ial s , b e ing ide nt ical w ith t h e

a ct iv e ao ris t p art ic i
p l e . I t in dicat e s a p re s e nt h a b it ( n o t a.

p re s e n t a ct io n ) , or a fu t u re a s s u ra n ce, a fu t u re p ro mis e, as t he

o r c ircu ms t a n c e s may t epé r ) he


co nte x t re q u ire . Th u s, A
: (
k ic k s ; he s h a ll or w il l k ick (q ira
)
r he b re a k s ; h e s h a ll or

O
j) ;
9 3

w ill break ; (yfi rfi r he


) w a lk s ; he w ill w a lk u
( q )
b r

he re a ds ; he w il l re a d ; 54
A
,
(is irir
) h e b ites ; h e w ill b ite ;

t é p ma t ep é mé z
( z
) he do e s no t k ic k ; h e w ill no t k ick ; ( )
he ca n n o t k ick . T he a u x iliar
y ;n
(3 a dde d t o t h is , fo rms t h e

p as t (te n s e s h o w in g a p a s t h a b it, o r a n u n fu l fi lle d co ndit io n ) ;


d e}
a ; p
(l
t e e r l dl) h e u s ed t o k ick ; h e w o u l d k ick (if h e co u ld ; )
h e w o u ld h ave k ick ed ( ad h e b e e n
h ab l e ) ; in w h ic h t w o las t

s e ns e s , the e x p re s s io n is a v irt u al n e gat iv e h e k ick s n o t, be

c au s e h e is n o t ab l e ; h e d id no t k ick , b e cau s e h e w as n o t ab l e
0, CI
wi l l (té p mdz ldi) he u s ed n o t to k ic k ; h e w o u ld no t k ick (f
i

he c o u ld ) ; h e w o u ld no t h a ve kick e d (h ad h e b e en a b le
);
G ad- G S( p
A t é é mé z idi) he u s ed n o t to be a bl e to k ick he w o u ld
108 O T T OMAN T U RK I SH GRA M MA R .

not be a b le to k ick (i f s o an d s o ) he w o u l d no t ha ve b een a b le

to k i k c (h a d n o t s o an d s o
) ; &c .

T h e p e rfe c t in dicat iv e is fo rme d b y a ddin


g t he s
y l lab le
L5 :

(dl,
di),
in al l c ase s , to the ro o t. I t is u sed in a d e t e rmin a te ,

an d als o in an in de t e rmin at e p as t s e n s e , re fe rrin g the a c t io n to

a g iven
p as t t ime , or to al l
p as t t ime . Thu s, L5 93(t é p dl) he

k ick ed (t h e n ) ; h e h a s k icked (w ith o u t d e fi n in g w h e n ) . A dd

the a u x iliar
y (s ail , an d t h e p lu p e rfe c t re s u l t s (t ép di
idi), tep didl ) he h ad k ick ed ; G ail
or
( ,
he ha d no t

I f ,

kic ked ; unt il he h a d no t been a ble to k ick .

T h e fu t u re in dicat iv e is ide n t ical in fo rm w it h t h e ac t iv e

an d p as s ive fu t u re p art ic i le s ,
p and w it h t he fu t u re v e rb a l

I t in d icat e s t h at t h e ac t io n e x p re s s e d b y the j

no u n . c o n u ga

t io n al ro o t is ab o t t o t ak e p lac e ; t h u s , sl u ? he is a bo u t to
p g
k ick , h e is go ing t o k ick ; =
3; T?
(9 h e is no t go ing t o k ick ;
Of
m a “;
a : I f

d he w ill no t be a b le to k ick . A dd t h e au x il iary (5 4 11,

an d the p as t fu t u re re s u l t s 3 )
(5 9 s l g he a w a s go ing t o k ic k ,
0 4 [ 1 01 0 1
I f i f

u se } sl a g
” ? he w as no t go in
g to k ick ; G JJ ‘si es t a“;
.
he w a s

u n a ble to be a bo u t to k ick . F inal 9 in t h e ro o t


g e n e ral l
y
c h an ge s to s an d a fi nal v o w e l re q u ire s t he ad dit io n o fa co n
0 1 O f f ! )

w
0

s o n an t
L5 : ai l sl e az
y }
.

T he ao ris t n e c e s s ita t iv e is fo rme d b y a ddin


g t h e s y lla b le s

,l: (mé li,


mdli) t o t h e ro o t . I t in dica t e s a p re s e nt d u ty t o

p e rfo rm a fu t ure ac t ; an d c o rre s


p o n ds w it h o ur mu s t o r o u gh t .
1 10 O T T O MAN T U RK I S H G RAMM AR .

o ’

fu n c t io n of o ur j
co n u n c t io n if , in app e aran e c ; b u t, as
J
é l
e
(y e r
) f;
i , c an b e p lac e d b e fo re it, it re all i
y s a su bj u nc t ive
t e n s e e n d ing As a re sen t, it a dmit s t h e p o ss ib ility of the
.
p
a ct io n as a fu t u re , it vi r t ua lly d e n ie s t h e o c c u rre n ce . T hu s,
0

Q ;
1
:
1

( pé s é ) i h e k ick , o t é p mé s é , t h e
t f f he w ere to k ick ; M g( a

o f n e ga t io n e l ide d ) if he k ick n o t, w ere he no t t o k ick , w e


,
»

( p
t é é mé sé
) s hou ld he . no t be a b le to kic k . S o me t ime s it

is de s ide rat iv e , 0 th a t he k ick ! & c . W ith g agl adde d , w e

h av e t h e p as t c o n dit io n al, w h ic h is al w ay s a v irt u al n e gat iv e .

0 a 01 l o t

é s é dl, fo r a x le “ h a d h e k ic k ed ,
T h u s, d ay “? ( p y
t ) if he h a d
O o l o ' O l '

kick ed , 6 M ( p
t é mé s é dl
y ) h a d he no t k ick ed ; GM A‘ J

é
( p
t é mes éy dl) h ad h e not b een a b le t o k ick .

T h e p re s e n t of t h e in n it i fi ve is fo rme d b y a dd in ill
g w (mek )
e r
6 "
( mdq ) t o an y ro o t . Thu s , d ”:
0 Of
(t é p mék ) t o k ick w fib
0

ls
0 0 1

d
(q p l amet q) t o

co ver. T he ne
gat iv e an d imp o t e n t ial are fro

q u e n t ly w rit t e n w it h l, an d so me t ime s w it h o u t a v o wel le t te r


o 01

w
f 1

to end t h e xo o t ; as , d e
, d o .» (té p mé mé k ) , fo r
(e a I f , ’ 0 1

d o le s -5 , d u h ; ( p
t é é mé mek ), fo r d a s h ed
W B
b G d
(q p lamd
O p p 1 1 0 4

mdq), J e wi s h (t laydmdmdq ) . T his t e n s e is o ft e n re n de re d

I
A
I ( o O ' O I

in E nglis h b y t h e v e rb al n o u n in - ing ; as , C
!
) U M ls MA

(g lt mé k q dl mhq dhn é v l a) go in
g is b e t ter t ha n s t aying . I t al s o

t ak e s t h e s u f x al l fi , u
‘a ft e r it t o fo rm an e q u iv a le n t to our
O 0 1 0

v e rb al no u n in -ing as , M O
a n a ct o f go in
g

T he re are s e ve n geru n d s, o ne geru n d - l ik e ver b a l lo ca t io n of


ACC I DENCE OR E T YM O L O GY . 1 11

c au se , o ne o f ve r b al p ro
p o rt io n , an d s ix to in dic at e v ar o u si

t ime s in re la t io n w it h t h e ac t io n . A ll o f t h e s e ge ru n ds an d

e ru n d- l ik e l o c u t io ns p re s u p po s e t h e o c c u rre n c e o f tw o ac t io n s
g
e x p re s s e d in t h e s e n te n ce , o n e b y t h e ge ru n d, t h e o th e r by a

su b s e qu e n t v e rb . T h e ge ru n ds are a k in d of v e rb a l co n

j u n c t io n s ,
w h ile t h e ge ru n d- l ik e lo c u t ion s are v e rb a l a d v e rb s .

T he fi rs t
ge ru n d, t he mo s t fre q u e n t ly u s e d, e n ds in an

d t drfi , fo llo w e d b y L} (db ,


db ) a ft e r a c o n s o n an t , o r by if) ;
(yd b ,

y )b a ft e r a v o w e l . I t in dic at e s t h at t w o a c t io n s are

be in g me n t io n e d, of w h ich t h e o ne imp lie d b y t h e ge ru n d is

p rio r as t o t ime o r n a t u ral s e q u e n ce . W e mo re u s u a ll


y in,

E nglis h , e x p re s s t h is r elatio n of tw o a c t io n s b y th e co n

j u n c t io n a nd , t h o u gh w e o cca s io n al ly u s e o u r ge ru nd in - ing,

as t h e T u rk is h d o e s
.
. Thus , i
Jf
e
( t é pfi b oth er
) h e k ic k s

a nd b reak s , w ill kic k a nd b rea k ( );


it o r, k ick ing ( )
it ,
h e w ill

b rea k (it) . C o n v e rs at io n a l ly, t h is ge ru n d is p ro n o u n c e d w it h

és é ré in l ie u of d tfi rfi ; an d w it h p in p lace of C;) as , té p ip ,

l
q rip , & c .

T he s e co n d
ge ru n d is fo rme d b y addin g fi s t fi n, an d th e

le t t e rs 6 9} (erék ) o r 5 (drdq ) t o a co n s o n an tal ro o t


1 , , e
g (y )
: e re k
o

Of ,

or
L 2 43 ard
(y q ) t o a v o w e l-ro o t . I t is so me t ime s u se d in l ie u

of t he fi rs t ge ru n d, to o b v ia t e it s t o o fre q u e n t re c u rre n c e ; b ut

its dis t in c t iv e u se is t o in dic at e t h at , of t w o c o n t e mp o rary

s u s t ain e d a c t io n s e x p re s s e d, the o n e , s u b s idiary, ac c o mp a n ie s


:
I I

t he o th e r . Thu s , k icking, he w en t o

"
; i . e .
, he
1 12 O TT O MAN T U RK I SH GRAM M AR .

0 1 J
w en t of , k ick ing awa
y (all t h e t ime ) ; (5 K LJ d
J J
é he ca me,

l a u gh ing ( a ll t h e t ime ) .

T h e t h ird ge ru n d, in l
( jn é , inj d), a fte r a c o n s o n an t, o r

i é
i (yinj é ,
in d a ft e r
y j ) a v o w e l , an d t h e fo u th r ( u se d in w rit ing

o n ly, an d mu c h mo re rare l
y) in E
1; (ij ek ) o 34 (ij dq ) afte r
,
r

a c o n s o n an t , e jé (yij ek ) o r

,
i
(y q)
j d a ft e r a v o w e l, h as t h e

se nse t h at it s ac t io n is t o b e a k in d o f s ig nal fo r t h e o cc u r
re n ce o f t h e o t h e r e x p re s se d in t h e s e n t e n ce it may, t h e n , b e

re n de re d by o u r on
( w it h a
g e ru n d ) , al s o by o u r a s s o o n as
00 )

é J J( (gydrfi nj é
I ?

( w ith a v e rb ) . Th u s, a t é p dl) o n s ee ing

43, l
'

( )
h im h e k ick ed (h im); al l
Je
J ( v as il blij dq, md
,
J 0

l u m b la) on rea chin


g ( as so o n as it re ac h e s )
,
be ( )
it k n own

T he fi ft h ge ru n d is ide n tical in fo rm w it h t h e a o ris t o p ta

t iv e , re p e at e d . I t e x p re s s e s re p e t it io n o f o n e ac t as a me an s
I

Th u s
I
: :
t o t h e p e rfo rman c e o f a s e c o n d. a;
(té p é t é pé
, (5 s
q l i di , k ick in ,
) g (an d ) k icking (it), he b ro k e (it ) .

T he s ix t h
g e ru n d is t h e in fi n it iv e w ith é s é ré an d
219 .
a dde d ;

t h e P e rs ian e) s o ft e n e d in t o T u rk is h s) (y val u e ),
an d t he L5
in t o I t e x p re s s e s the v e rb al re as o n p re ce de n t fo r t he
f
m

s e co n d a c t io n . Th u s,
F 993 53 J
l he k ic king, I fl ed ;

i
. e .
,
b eca u s e he kick ed, I fl ed .

T he s e v e n th ge ru n d e x re s s e s
p t h e b e ginn in g of a t ime co m

me nc in g w it h t h e o c c u rre n ce o f an ac t io n an d la s tin g u n t il
1141 O TT O MAN T U R K I SH GRAMM A R .

e xp re s s e s th e rat e
(p ro
p o rt io n
) o f rap idit
y of the tw o ac t io n s ;

i fig “
0

jJ hj
0 4

as , l ) ( waq t gé c h dl k é
j , irl lé s h lr) as t ime go es

by, it gro w s l a rge ( g )


l ar e r .

T he s ix v e rb al t ime s in dicat e d, in r e fe re n ce to an act io n ,

a re t h e fo l lo w in g : 1, t h e t ime b e fo re t h e a c t io n ; 2 , t h e t ime

w h e n th e ac t io n is j ust ab o u t to o cc u r ; 3, t h e t ime w h ile t h e

a c t io n o ccu rs 4 , t h e t ime w h e n it o c cu rr e d ; 5 , t h e t ime j ust


w h en it h as o cc urre d ; 6 ,
t h e t ime a ft e r it s o c cu rre n c e . T he
0 I 1 01

fi rs t is t h e pre s e n t v e rb al n o u n in t h e ab l at iv e ; as ,
(t ép

mé dé n), t o
0 5 1 )
w h ic h , fo r p re c is io n

s s ak e , t he a dv e rb
i( )
al avv al

or r af (muqaddam)
ts , a n t er io r ly, is j
s u b o in e d . T he ex
p re ss io n
0 6 1 O a O 1 1 01

l
JJ u sa
g
e
( or
JJ l t h e n, me an s a n terio rly to ( e arl ie r t h an )

the a ct io n o
f k ick ing ; i . e .
, b ef o re k icking . S o me t ime s t h is is
0 5 ; o f o e o ,

v u lgarly e x p re s se d as l
JJ U M b efo re (t h e age n t ) k ick s no t

i. e .
, w h ile ( as
y et ) he h a s ( or h a d) no t k ick ed .

Th e s e co n d ge ru n d- lik e l o c u t io n Of t ime is t h e fu t u re ac t iv e

p artic ip l e w it h th e au x il ia ry ge ru n d
89 31 (lk é n) , d u ring,

a dde d t o it ; t h u s , $ 1els e
; d u ring (th e t ime of b e in g) a bo u t

t o k ick ; i . e w h en j u s t a bo u t to k ick .

T h e t h ird is t h e a o ris t ac t iv e p ar t ic ip le w it h t h e s ame addi

t io n du ring (th e t ime of b e in g) kick ing ; i . e ,


. w hile

k ick ing .

T h e fo u rth is t h e p e rfe c t v e rb a l n o u n o r a c t iv e p ar t ic ip le ,

p ut in th e l o cat iv e ( of t ime ) . I t may b e u sed imp e rs o nally,


A CC I DENCE OR E T YM O L O G Y . 115

w it h n o a ddit io n in it an d it may b e u s e d, fo r p re cis io n, w ith

t h e p o s s e s s iv e p ro n o u n of the a
g ent b e t w e e n th e v e rb al nou n

an d t h e p re p o s it io n . I n t h e fo rme r c as e , r
t h e - v e rb al de iv at iv e

is p o s s ib ly a p art ic i l
p e ; in t h e la t t e r, it is d o u b t le s sly t h e

v e rb al n o u n . Th u s, 1
1 3K»? w hen I (b e came) o ne w ho h a s

k ick ed ; or e x al d
);

t w hen I (p e r fo r me d) my (pas t) a ct o f
kic k ing ; i . e ., w hen I kick ed .

T he fi fth is t h e p as t a c t iv e
p art ic ip le w it h t h e au x iliar
y

i < 3) u h;
0

L d as , d u ring (t h is t ime of the co n dit io n o f )


g
h a vin k ic k ed ; i . e .
,
no w t hat k ick ing ha s o ccu rred , s in ce (I ,
&c .
)
h ave k ick ed .

T he S ixth is t h e p e r fe c t v e rb al n o un in t h e ab l at iv e (
of
1 0 )

t ime )
,
fo ll o w e d b y t h e a dve rb 5
2
1 4
(s biirei, s b rd), a
f ter , th u s ,
t o J c o

yi e
u
a fi ri (tép dlk dtl n s b rd) a
f t er the act o
f k ick ing . T he

p o s s e s s ive p ro n o u n s may b e in t ro du ce d in t o t h is lo cu t io n b e fo re

t h e p re p o s it io n ; as ,
9 L ( t ép dlyl mddn s brél) af ter

my a ct io n o f k ick ing .

S EC T I O N X . T he N u mb ers an d P ers o n s of the Verb .

I n all th e t e ns e s t h e fi rs t p e rs o n s in gu lar is e x p re s s e d by

th e p e rs o n al s u fii x :
1
a dde d t o the v e rb , w ith é s é ré giv e n t o th e

t e n s e -ro o t , w h e n t h is is a c o n s o n an t an d s u
pp re s s in
g th e fi n al
U, o f t h e t e n s e -ro o t w h e re it o ccu rs addin g o n e w h e re w an t e d .
116 O T T O MAN T U RK I S H GRAMM A R .

I t is w an t in g in t h e imp e rat iv e . Th u s :
L
( g ; ( t é piy orim ) I
3
a m k ick ing ;
V
»
1!m t é
( py l dr idim
) I w a s k ick i ng ;
?1 ( p
t e e
rim) I k ick ; I s h a ll or w il l k ick ; ( p
t e er idim)
-
I u sed to
0 01

k ick ; I w o u ld k ick ; I w o u ld h a ve k icked , as té p dlm


( ) I

kick ed I d id kick I ha ve k ick ed ,; F ;


AJ J (t é p didlm ) or
a w l
0

P
»
M
.
0,

(t ép dlm ldl I -
) ha d k ick ed ; ri g s (tép éj éylm) I a m go ing to k i ck
O

1

S
1 0,

‘ ‘ ( t ép éj ék dlm ) I w a s go ing to kick “M (t ép mé llylm )


f (5
I mu s t k ick ;
F ail
O
( t ép mé ll-idim ) I s ho u ld h a ve k ick ed ,
O 0 1 ;
:
I

o u gh t t o h a ve k i ck ed as (tép ém ) t ha t I may k ic k ;
,
r
i i
0

F F
:
t é peydlm t é p s é m)

( ) t ha t I h a d k ick ed ; M ( s k ick

(t é p s éydlm )f
i I h a d k ick ed .

T he s e co n d p e rs o n s in gu lar, in al l t h e t e n s e s in is

fo r me d b y c h an gin
g t h e vo w e l
g; in t o t h e n a s al T u rk is h é}
as , dag ( t é p iyor- idin ) an )
, , ( e e r idin
t p ) JJ J ( ép dlfi )
t
-
, ,

Q M Gig ; ( t ép é j é k idi
-
n), tin g i
f
, jj (s m ut 1am) as ;( y
t é p é -
,

dlfi ), t é
( p y )
s é dlfi . A ll t h e o th e r t e n s e s fo rm it in 1
L .»

( s in), so me t ime s w rit te n an d p ro n o u n c e d


( s in), e x c e p t in
g

t h e p e s e n t o f t h e c o n dit io n al, w h ic h fo rms it w ith


r Q ; (s afi ,

safi ) so me t ime s w rit te n b u t p ro no u n ce d l ik e Th u s,

(té p lyors in ) , a; (n» t ép é rs ln ) , ( ép é


t j é k s ln ) ;

W M é
( p
t mé lls l )
n ,
( p
t é é s ln
) .

T he fi rs t p e r s o n p l u r al ,
lik e w ise , in al l t h e t e n s e s in ( so , is
118 O TT O MAN T U RK I SH GRAMM A R .

t h u s,
jg ; I
( t é p éj éyiz , t h e

3 3 (té p mé
:
A rab ic L“
) c h an ge d in to T u rk is h d , g v al u e ) , 9 1

l lylz ) I n h au l w o rds , t h e fu t u re in dic at iv e is in ( s o ft e n e d


C
.

u ) ,
w it h é s é ré b e fo re t h e fi nal as , a fi fi
( qj g )
b h iz

T he se cond p e rs o n p l u ral , aga in , in al l t h e t e n s e s in is

fo rme d in 3g . (d iniz ; w h ic h is h ard in t h e p e rfe c t of h ard

i
j
w o rds , dini z) . Th u s , é
( py
t l drdlfi lz
), ,
e
( p etr

diniz ), (b aq difi iz
), ( t é p di

an), (t ép éj éydlfi lz) m


A , ( p
113 é mé l l l l )
ha
1 l d f
'

t , t i z ,
I I ;

l
A
é
z
s t é
( p yé d ln lz ,
)
e Q on
.
;
V
é
( p y
t s é dlfi lz
) . T h e imp e rat iv e
o

h as t w o fo rms , in c ) an d in
; b o t h p re ce de d b y é s é ré, an d a

c o n s o n an t L; in v o w e l -ro o t s ; as , hi s (te p in) Bi g (tép lfilz , ,

di l (b dqlfi ) a
c

w r it t en al s o a: fi sh (b dqifi lz); el flj u


,
t [

(q dp l dy ),
ifi (q yufi dz t h e fi t drd do mina t in g) . A ll

the o th e r t ense s fo rm it in jé ( s lfi lz, s ifiiz


) , e x ce p t the

p re s e n t c o n dit io n al , w h ic h h as d s tdn fo r it s fi rs t v o w e l , o fte n

r
w it te n
j
i g —( a i
I

» s n z, ifilz ,
sz to d is t ingu is h it b e tt e r) . Th u s ,

;
A} ( t ép lydrs lfi iz ), ( p
t é é rs lfl lz
)
, (té p ej ék
s ln lz ; h ard in h ard w o rds , A x el; b dq dj dq s ln lz ),
A t
f;
( p
t é mé l ls lfi l )
z ,
I LL S té
( p é s ln lz ; h ard in h ard w o rds , 5 L
» .

b aq as ln lz)u ( té p s é n lz ; h ard i n h ard w o rds


”f ufi l l; b dq s dn lz ) .

T h e t h ir d p e rs o n p u i al is fo r me d fi o m t h e
l sa me p o i so n of
11 001131; c OR E T YM O L O GY . 1 19

O’

th e s in gu lar, w it h t h e s
y ab le J !(ler, lar) adde d
l l . T hus ,

I
(t é p ly orlar
)
, té p érlé r
( ) ,p ; a tep dl lé r),
(
c o o
o J o o I

5
;

J gs
l

i , t é
( pj é é k lé r
), AM ( t é p mé lilé r),
p 1


( p s é lé r
) . T h e t e n se s in L5 33] may b e fo rme d in t h is w ay ,

b e c o min g ,l (ldl lé r); o r, t h e p l u ral s ign may b e giv e n


[

to the radic a l e l e me n t, an d ga ll b e k e pt u n ch an
ge d ; as
IO J I O O J

311J un);
z I

6 or
fl ai l
£ 3 33 ; an d so t h ro u gh o u t, e x ce p t the p as t
o p t at ive , w h ich p re fe rs
j g) .

S EC T ION XI . Of the Comp lex Ca tego ries .

T h e C o mp le x C at e go ries o f e v e ry T u rk is h v e rb , ac t iv e or

p a ss iv e , tran s it iv e or in t ran s it iv e , af r fi mat iv e , ne


ga t ive, o r im

p o t e n t ial , a re fo rme d, e ve n as t o t h e ir ro o ts , w it h an au x iliar


y
v e rb , ( aq)
o l m to be or beco me ; it s e l f j
c o n u ga t e d, as a

si mp le v e rb , in co n fo rmity w ith w h at h as al re a d
y b e e n l aid

do w n, an d j o in e d to t h e ao ris t, p a s t , an d fu t u re a c t ive
p ar

t ic ip le s of th e v e rb of w h ich t h e c o mp l e x c a te go ry is t o b e

fo rme d . T he au x ilia ry fo l lo w s t h e p art ic iple .

0 0 0 )

W ith t h e ao ris t p art ic ip le ,


t he au x il iary v e rb fo rms

t h e F irs t C o mp le x C ate go ry ; w ith t h e p as t p art ic ip le , it fo r ms


t h e S e co n d C o mp le x C at e go ry ; an d w it h t h e fu t u re p art ic ip le ,

i t fo rms t h e Th ird C o mp l e x C at e go ry .

I t w o u ld b e po s s ib le to av o id u s in g t h e s e te rms , an d t o fu s e
120 O TT O MAN T U RK I SH GRAMMAR .

t h e w h o le in t o o ne v as t c o n j u gat io n , b y fo llo w in g t h e me th o d

u se d b y E u ro p e an grammarian s , e ac h fo r t h e E u ro p e an lan

g u a
ge in w h ic h h e t re at s of the su bj e ct . I n so me re s e c t s ,
p
s u ch a n arran ge me n t w o u ld p o s se s s a n a dv an t a e
g . I t w o u ld

b ring t o ge t h e r t e n s e s of the o n e v e rb , w h ic h are b u t de licat e

mo difi cat io n s o f e ac h o t h e r. T h e dis a d van tage w o u ld b e , on

t h e w h o le , p re p o n de ran t ; fo r t h e o ne v as t j
c o n u ga t io n o f

si mp le an d co mp le x t e ns e s fo rme d w it h c o n t in u ally in t e r

min gl in g, v ar in
y g p art ic ip l e s , w o u ld b e ver
y p u zz ling to the

n o v ic e , w o u ld ch o k e out of v ie w t h e p rin c ip le s of th e s ub

d iv is io n , an d p re v e n t a l u c id e x p o s it io n t h e re o f, b e s ide s

d e man ding t h e inv e n tio n of a host of ne w na me s b y w h ic h

to d is t in gu is h th e n u me ro u s t ens e s so b ro u gh t t o ge t h e r ;

w h e re as , b y k e e p in g t h e same n ame s fo r t h e sa me t e nse s of

th e fo u r c at e go rie s , it w o u l d see m t h at a t ru e r p e rce p t io n

of the s h ad e o f me a n in g w h ich d is t in gu is h e s e ach o f t h e fo u r

t e ns e s o f e ach n a me w ill b e mo re e as il
y a t t ain e d a n d mo re
fi r mly gras p e d . S t il l
, as a c o mp aris o n w ith o t h e r s ys t e ms

o ffe rs a c e rt a in a mo u n t o f u t il it
y , we h a v e giv e n b e l o w t h e

t h re e c o m pl e x c a te go rie s a p art , t o sho w t h e ir p rin c ip le s , an d

h a ve t he n a rran
g ed t he w h o le fo u r c at e
go rie s a s a s in l
g e co n

j u
ga fi o n.

S EC TI O N XII . T h e F irs t Co mp lex Ca t ego ry .

T h is is fo rme d w it h t h e ao ris t ac t iv e
p art i c ip le ,
of e v e ry
12 2 O T T O MA N T U R K I SH GRAMMA R .

P e rfe c t .

03 0 s o n

( é p ér
t bldfim) I b e came a co n s tan t k ick e r .

P l u p e rfe c t .

(t ep er Oldum ldl) I h ad b e e n or b e c o me a co n

s t an t k ick e r .

F u ture .

0 o a ) c

(t e p er Olaj agh lm) I a m ab o u t t o b e co me a co n

s tan t k ic k e r .

F u tu re P as t .

”;
0 O f

an ( p
t e er Olaa
j gh dl m) I w as ab o u t t o b e c o me
'

h a co n
t
S t an t k ick e r .

N ecess ita tive .

A o r is t .

O 3 I O) Oi l

(t eper olmaliylm) I mu s t b e , or b e co me , a co n

s t an t k ick e r .

P as t .

31 0 J
( p
t e er Olmaliyldlm) I o u gh t t o h av e b e e n a co n

s t an t k ick e r .

Op ta tive .

A o ris t .

(t eper Olayim) T h at I may b e a c o n s tan t

k ick e r .

P as t .

o J

T h at
01 01 1

( p
t e e r Olaydlm) I h ad b e e n a c o n s ta n t

k ick e r .
ACC I D E NC E OR E T Y M O L O GY . 12 3

Co nditio na l .

A o ris t .

o 0 0 J of
:
( p
t e e r Ols am) W e re I ,
sh o u ld I b eco me , a

c o n s t an t k ick e r .

P as t .

0 0 1 0 J

( ep er
t Ol s aydim) H ad I b e e n a c o n s t an t k ic k e r .

A ct ive P art icip les .

P re se n t .

J O’
:
I

wig ) ; ( e
t pe r oli m
) Wh o or w h ich is , w as , w ill b e ,

a c o n s t an t k ic k e r .

A OI lS t o
'

(t eper blur) (p erha s u nu s ed , a s a ca co ho n


p p y .
)

P as t .

(t eper Olmdsh ) Wh o h as b e en a co n s tan t

k ic k e r .

P e r fe c t .

( p
t é é r Olddq ) Wh o w as a c o n s tan t k ick e r.

F u t u re .

1 3
; e
( p
t er olaa
j q) Wh o is t o b e a c o n s tan t k ick e r .

P a ss ive P art icip les .

A o ris t .

O JO J 0
:
Wh o
0

J a y) ; ( t ép ér dlddq) or w h ic h (a k ick e r) h as
c o n s ta n t ly k ick e d .
12 4 O T T O MAN T U RK I SH GRAMMAR .

F u tu re .

O I I J Of f

( p
t e e r t iaj aq) Wh o , w h ic h (I ,
&c .
) m ab oau t

c o n s t an t l
y t o k ic k .

Verba l N o u n s .

P re s e n t .

I o

(t ep er Olma) T he ac t o f b e in g ( at an
y t ime)

a c o n s tan t k ick e r .

P e rfe ct .

0 10 J o f ;

r ol ddq )
( e
t pe T he act o f h av in g b e e n ( th e n )

a c o n s t an t k ick e r .

F u tu re .

O I I J O' o

(t epe r t iaa
j q) The ac t o f b e ing ab o u t
( no w
)
t o b e c o me (h e re afte r) a con

s t an t k ick e r .

G eru n ds .

O ” °l l

( e p er
t oldp ) B e ing a c o n s tan t k ick e r
and
(

(t e p er Olaraq) C o n t in u in g to be a co n

s t an t k ick e r ( so a nd so

a ls o o ccu rs ).

(t p e e r oldnj d) As soon as b e co me s

(b e c ame , w ill b e c o me ) a

e e r oli ét q )
( p
t j c o n s t an t k ick e r,
12 6 O T T O MAN T U RK I SH GRAMMAR .

P as t
0 ) 0 J J

"D b l‘U “ ? ( p
t é ml sh oldrdd m) I S h o u ld h av e k ic k e d .

(
P e rfe c t .

0 ,

( t ep mls h Oldum) I b e c ame o ne w ho h ad


k ic k e d, I h a d k ick e d .

P lu pe rfe c t .

3
0

;
o

(5 M 1 l ( p
t é mls h olddm ldl) I h ad b e co me o ne w h o h as
(
k ick e d .

F u t u re .

0,

t é p mls h
( olaa
j gh im) I a m ab o u t b e co ming o ne

w h o h as k ick e d ; I a m
g o in
g t o h av e k ic k e d .

F u tu re P as t .

O f f ) 0 0 1

‘ (t é p n ds h oldj aq idim) I w as ab o u t to h av e
k ick e d .

N eces s ita tive .

A o r is t .

O 1 1 0 J O 0 1

e
( p
t mlsh blmdliyim) I mu s t ( no w ) h av e k ick e d

(t h e n
) .

P as t .

) 1 0 J

ml J
\ (t ép mlsh olmaliy ldim) I mu s t (t h e n )h av e (alre ady)
k ick e d (b e fo re ) .

Op t a tive .

A o ris t .

J O O'

T h at
O I

( p
t é mlsh olay‘im, I may h ave k ic k e d .
A C C I DENCE OR E T YM O L O G Y . 12 7

P as t .

0 O ,

Th at
f

w e
? (tép mls h olaydlm) I h ad k ick e d .

Co nd itio n a l .

A o ris t .

o t o 0 Of

( p
t é mlsh dis am, U) H ad I k ick e d
(
th e n )
r
A .

P as t .

( t ép mis h dis aydim) H ad I (


alre ad
y) k ic k e d

(b e fo r e t h e n
) .

A ctive P a rticip les .

P re s e n t .

Wh o
0 I

é
( p
t mis h clan ) h as (
alre ad
y) k ick ed .

A o ris t .

jj sl ( p
t é ml s h bldr) Wh o w ill h av e ( r
al eady )
k ick e d .

P as t a nd P e rfe c t , p erh ap s no t u sed.

F u tu re .

0 01

U ta
; té
( p mls h oldj dq ) Wh o w ill b e co me o ne who

h as k ick e d .

P a ss ive P articip les .

A o ris t .

3
3 }“t? ( p
3 i t é mls h ol ddq) Wh ich (a k ick e r) h ad

( r
al ead
y ) k ick e d .
12 8 O T T O MA N T U RK I SH G R AMMAR .

F u tu re .

01 1 ) 0 01

& l U “
Q

; (t é p mls h b ldj t
z q)

W h ich (a k ick e r) w ill h av e
k ick e d .

Verba l N o u ns .

P re s e n t .

0 ,

b lind)
4

( p
t é ml s h The (p re s e n t s t at e of

h av in g (alre ady)k ick e d .

P e rfe c t .

OJ O J O 01

i é
( p ml h

oldi i q) T he ( t t at e o f
) h v in
G b a
J g a t s p as s a g

(p re v io u s ly ) k ick e d .

F u t u re .

0 0

Q “
t ; ( p
t é ml sh b ldj dq) T he ( fu t u re s ta t e of
)
h av in g (p re v io u s l
y)
k ick e d .

G eru nds .

( p
t é ml s h b ldp ) H av ing k ick e d

dldl dq)

H av ing th e co n t in u e d

u al ity of h av ing
q
k ick e d ( an d

b ldnj d) As so o n as is , w as ,
w ill b e ) o ne w ho or

w h ic h h ad k ick e d,

bl tq
z ) T h e in s tan t h ad
k ick e d,
130 O TT O M A N T U RK I SH G R AMMAR .

P as t .

n j
l ( tép e ék
j old rddm) I u se d

Sh o u ld b e
(h
"
ab it u all

(
y)
th e n ) On
I

t h e p o in t

P e rfe ct .

é
( pj
t é é k olddm) I w as (th e n) on th e

p o in t
P l u pe rfe c t .

O JO J 0 4 l l

l
d e v)
a 11. cl a a g ( p
t é éj ek olddm l dl) I h ad be en (b e fo re

t h e n ) o n t h e p o in t

F u tu re a nd Fu t u r e P as t .

g }
in k i
s
s (té p e
j é k olaa
j gh im)
N ot u sed, a s being ca co

M o n ies
°

jj é
( pj e ek diaa
j gh dim)
'

N eces sita tive .

A o ris t .

é
( pj
t é ek dlmdllyim) I mu s t be on the

p o in t

P as t

( t ép éj ék olmdliyldlm) I o u gh t t o h av e b e en
on th e p o in t
Op ta tive .

A or
is t .

é
( p
t éj é k 61am) T h at I may b e on the

p o int
ACC I DENCE OR KT Y M O L O G r . 131

P as t .

(té p é j é k olay dim) T h at I h ad b een on the

i
p nt
o

Co nd it io n a l .

A o ris t .

0 t o ,

(té p éj ek Ols zl m) W e re I to b e or b e c o me on

t h e p o in t

P as t .

0 I
z
é
( pj
t é é k olS Ay dim) H ad I b e e n on t h e p o in t

A c t ive P a rt icip les .

P re s e n t .

(t ép é j é k oldn
) Wh o or w h ich is or b e co me s
on th e p o in t
A o ris t .

G o I

Wh o
o

é
( pj
t é é k b ldr) or w h ich is (
natu rall
y)
or w ill be ( so me t ime ) on

t h e p o int

P as t a nd P e rfe c t .


( PJé é k “a“ W
w s
ho or w h ic h h as b e e n or

( t ép éj é k oldnq)
w as ( th e n ) 011 t h e p o in t

F u t ure .

( tép é j ék o d d
j q)
d flb’l ci a?
g r l N o t u sed, as being ca c0p ho no u s .
13 2 O T T O MAN T U RK I SH G R AMMA R .

P a s s ive P articip les .

A o ris t .

t é pé
( j é k ol dfi q) W h ic h (a k ick e r)
p o int
F u tu re .

Ca cop ho nou s n o t u sed .

Verba l N ou n s .

P re s ent .

I O ) 0 0

«
b
l cl u e ( é péj ék
t olmd) T he ac t of b e ing or b e co min g

(at an
y t ime
) on th e

P e r fe c t .

0 J o J o

& c
? é
. ( p j
t é é k olduq) T he p as t ac t o r s t at e

(th e n ) on t h e p o in t

F u t u re .

Ca cop ho no u s n o t u s ed.

G eru n ds .

0 1 )

1

(t é p éj é k Olup) B e in g ab o u t to k ick

( an d
0 1 1 ,

2 nd . o n bli rfiq) C o nt inu in g t o b e


t o k ick ( an d

Mania) As s o o n as is , ivas ,

w ill b e ) ab o u t t o k ick,

C a c0p ho n o u s .
134 O T T OM A N T U RK I SH G R AM M AR .

N e cess it a tive .

04 O‘
l fi , O 0 0 ) 0 0 A 0

A o ris t .
J l
- -‘ ’
c J
J Jr

J fi;

, J J ) ’


O J -

flj
I J

un i
I f I

Op ta t ive ‘
.

O I

a v
g" )

C o n ditio n a l .

a 0 4 0 )

A o ri s t . A
H . )

0 J )
0
: c o o 0 0
1 0

A ctive P a r t ic ip les .

0 1 1 O 1 0 1 1 O ”
2h
a n 1

P re s e n t .
( 9 )u ;
? G ‘
fib fi ? m)y
O I ) OJ ) J
A o ris t .
A
P as t .
u
‘J ‘
r J ( n o t u s ed
)

Pe r fe ct .
6 J LS
JJ ‘ J

F u tu re .

P as s ive Rart icip les .

O O 01
:
I

G i
b b e
-
. ,
l
LS j
‘W ‘
-

O I I J 0 1 1 )

d
& j ‘ 0 00 J
& ) ‘ o n
A CC I DENCE OR E T YM OL O GY . 135

Verba l N o u ns .

ro J o l a 1 0 ) o o: b o J 0 4 , J

O OI 0 30 )

P e rfe c t . (Ja
«
g
.

O f 1 ’ 0 0 I ) O ’

F u t u re . w e
?
»

o J J o o ' 0 J J 0 1

vie w
0 ; a J

00 0

0 0 0 0 0 0

d o , 1 0 )

0 0 .

j dj ‘ o o o n o . 0 00
O

S E CT I O N X VI . The N ega tive and I mp o ten tia l Co nj uga tio n s .

T h e N e gat iv e an d I mp o te n t ial C o nj u gat io n s, t w e n ty- fo u r in

nu mb e r t o e ac h s i mp l e v e rb , as a ge n e ra l rule , are fo rme d p re

c is e ly o n t h e line s of th e simp le af rmat iv e fi j


c o n u gat io n in it s

fo u r cate go rie s , as ab o v e
giv e n , w it h t h e e x c e p t io n of th e

ao r is t of th e indicat iv e , as t o it s r o o t Wo r d
- of t h e t h ird p e rs o n
136 O TT O MA N T U R K I SH G R A MM A R .

s in gu la r
, an d th e c orre s p o n din g ao ris t ac t iv e
p ar t ic ip le , w h ich

end in :
j ( )
maz ,
ins te ad of th e fi nal ; of th e affi r mat ive .

I nfi n itive .

P r es e nt .

0 0 1 01 0 ' o 3 o 1 01

J ‘
é J u “
- l‘
y
w
I f ,

o b . 0 00
e e

o J c J 0 0 1 1 04

0 0 0 000 0 0 0

I nd ica tive.

P re sent .

o J J Ol o a O J J o n o;

5
c o o
1
-
0
9

I mp e r fe ct
JO J
.

J
'

J J J o 0 J O 0
:
w
J o J 0 0 o 1 0
:
4 ,
:
0

l sl e w
l
«s w b j f br fi i
.

fi “ a
:
'

a u
O I n o 0 0

A o ris t .

J J

“ O ’
O J J o o o ) , o f I O’

fi fe “
f

:
l
”b W ? ?
0 f O 4 0 0 ” I ’

}
:
0 o

L
0

W I
J
O T T O MAN T U RK I SH GR A MM AR .

o x ) J J
m
l '
J , I O 0 J o : 1 0 0 4 I I OI

dd le ? l U al l
J Uj e le j
} U
wa
I
v
g oa , J U A
v
? g u
z
v
L5 4
I
3
, J
x
l cl a “v

d ab b le }
; u
ze ut
g
I I

a J 04 00 O J 0 1 f 1 0 1

0 1 0 0, O ’ J o 0 0: c o ) 0 ,

i a l-
ex?
v

” M M 0 0 0 0 0 .

Co n d i t i o n a l .

A o ris t .

0 0 J 0 O 0 ) O 1 0’

“U 0
1 1 , 0 I O : 1

l

I f

2;
, i

0 0 .
«2
5 4
I

A ct ive P a rt icip les .

P re s e n t .

O J r O o o a ) 0 a , 1 01

o l" 0 1 I f I f

0 0 . M’ u u
A CC I DENC E OR E T YM O L O G Y . 139

0 0 01 0 JJJ‘ oao
:

JJJ J? ‘

J
u st "
P as t .

( n o t u s ed
)

( n o t u s ed
)
P e rfe c t .

GM
O JO J
U
o

7
“ 1 04

0 J J /

h ‘t’
U

O o J
J ‘
I 0 1 0 I

W ( n o t u s ed
)
a o

‘‘
b
-
J J
O I
:
o

f “ ,

( )
n o t u s ed

P a s s ive P art icip les .

A o ris t .

(
n o t u s ed
)
0 1 I f I ‘

(
no t u s ed )
140 O T T O MA N T U R K I SH G R AMMA R .

Verb a l N o u ns .

P re s e n t .

r fl J rad i o t o J 0 I O'

I f 0 ’

P e r fe c t .

O JO J o Jo J o 1 01 O J O J O I l l ( l

c J
‘ 0

O o

0 0 I J OvO o O 1 01

0 0 .

o J I Oo o J J o l O o 0 J J o 1 01 0 J J O I 1 1 0;

0 J 1 t o O ' f , a t

0 0 0 t o .

O I 4 1 00 J O t o

O l o f I f O I

t o . 0 0 0

0 0 I ; O a o n I ; I ,

0 0 0

0 0 0 1 1 1
14 2 O TT O MAN T U RK SH GRAMMAR I .

of t h e pe rfe c t in d ica t iv e , o r o f an mp o u n d te n s e ,
'

t h e (5 ° y co

is re u ire d.
q I n w rit ing, t h e re is no de ny in g t h at t h is fo rm is

ties

s
yste matic
ally u s e d, b y t he b e s t a u t h o ri ,
in p lac e of th e

t e n s e t h e y w o u ld e m p lo y in s p e ak ing . T h e fo rm h as a mo re

mu s ical s o u nd an d it is , in my o p in io n , a fru it of imita t in g

uk i h ; ted
.

P e rs ian V
e rb - fo rms in T r s in it ia , p ro b ab l
y ,
b y th e

P e rs i an s c rib e s o f th e e arl
y re i n s .
g

I n d ub it a tiv e j
c o n u gat io n , t h is s
y l lab l e fo ll o w s t h e

si mp le t e n se-ro o t an d it s p l u ral , p re c e din g t h e c o mp o u n d and

pe rs o n al te rmin at io n s , s in gu lar o r p l u ral ; u n le s s it b e s p ok e n

by an o th e r p e rs o n . I n t h is l as t cas e , it n at u rall
y c o me s alo n e ,

a ft e r all o th e r w o rds . Thu s : (t é p lybrmls h lm) it is

s a id, s up p o s ed, p reten ded , s u gges ted , &c , . t ha t I a m k ick ing ;

gall £5; ,
4
V
I
t é
( py l b rmls h l dlii) it

zs s ai d, &c , tha t t ho u
. w as t
0 O f f

k ick ing ; M
0
lfi ( p
t e er l mls h ) it is s a id , &c .
,
t h a t he k ick s ,

L
U }( p
té é
?
rmls h l dlk ) it is s a id, & c .
, t ha t w e u s ed t o k ick ;

U M ? ( p
t é mlsh s lfi lz ) it is s a id, ea , tha t yo u k icked or

h a ve k ick ed j s t fi t j (tép éj ék lé r lmlsh ) it is s a id, ea , tha t


3
t hey a re go ing t o k ick .
(T h is w o rd o r s yl lab le , 3
0 g U
. is

r e ally th e p as t ac t iv e p ar ticiple of th e o b s o le te v e rb i
R l
a

T h e P o t e n tial V e rb is fo r me d of the fi fth ge ru nd (n o t re


O t o

t d ) fo llo w e d b y th e rb RU » (b llmé k ) i it en t ire c o n


e e ve n s
p a .

j u gat io n ,
t h e ge ru nd r e mainin g u n ch ange d th ro u gh o u t . T h is '

a u x iliar
y ve rb th en me ans to be a b le, an d a ns w e s r to o ur
A CC I DENCE OR E T YM O LO G Y . 14 3
'

E ngl is h c an . Ex . : R
13 : A )
? ( e
t pe b l lmé k ) to b e a ble to k ick ;

F; ;
]

A ( e e
t p b illyorlm) I a m a b le t o k ick , I c an kick ; & c .

T he Fac ile Ve rb is fo rme d b y t h e ro o t o f a v e rb , t o w h ic h

an e s e re is a dde d, fo llo w e d b y a vo w el u, a nd the au x iliar


y

v e rb R I 33) (v lrmé k , vu lg . v é rmé k ) . W ith a v o w e l v e rb o th e r

t h an one i n
L;
a c o n s o n an t al u; w it h e e re
s
, is a dde d b et w e e n

the ro o t -v o w e l an d the s e rv ile £


5 vo w el an d w it h a v erb in

v o w e l Lg t h is is made in t o a c o n so n an t w ith e s e re ,
an d the

s e rv ile v ow e l L5 i s t h en a dde d ; as , R
AJ
fi t é
( p v lrmék ),
l-

19 3” fi g (q dp lhyi
0

63 ,
-v irmék ), b u
(q y
’ -
li v lrmék ),

a
(q y
zi i -v lrmék ) . The s e n se of th e s e v e rb s i s t h at "

of grat e e as e , re adin e s s , o fil h an de dne s s in t h e a c t io n


,
w h ich w e

e x p re s s in E nglis h b y s ay in g j ust c
to k i k , j u st to g e
iv a k ick

j ust to co ver o ver , j ust to rea d or recit e ;


j us t to s cra t ch »

ou t ; &c .

t
T h e re are se v e ral o th e r T u rk is h v e rb s in u se as s
p e c ial

au x iliarie s a ft e r t h e geru n d of th e o rigin al v e rb ; as ,

mé fi rma a ma
(gal k ), (d q ), (q l q), Gi l? an d

33 . L; (yb z ma
q) . T he fi rs t e x p re s s e s a fre q u e n t or n at u ral i

h ap p e n in g ; t h e n e xt t h re e si
g n if
y p e rs is te n c
y an d t h e las t

t h e ide a of h av in g al mo s t h app e ne d, of b e in g w ith in an ace

o f h ap pe n ing . Th u s , iff Aj j (615


R ‘
.
gal mé k ) t o h a
pp e n f re

qu en tl , o
y f co u rse, a s is w ell k n o w n ; to b e a co mmo n o ccu rren ce ;
J O J ;

( q
b i
t db rmdq ) t o s ta n d lo o k ing ; G
O

“(
f

5
r b
f- f

é
( qfi ; 3 ,
144 O T TOMA N T U R K I SH GRAMM A R .

q it lmaq) to s tan d ( re main ) s t aring in s u rp ris e a n d a mazemen t ;

3
3
5 (dfi s h fi n dp
ydt mé q) to re ma in ( )p
lie o nd ering, in

bb a i a bz maq)

a b ro w n s tu dy ; e b
( y y l t o give o ne s s el f u
p

( w rit e ) as a bo u t t o f a in t ; &c .
,
&c .
, &c .

S EC TI O N XV I I I . T he Verb S u bs tan t ive .

I n T u rk ish t h e re is no ex tan t v e rb s u b s t an t iv e , a n s w e ring


in all it s mo o ds an d te nse s t o o u r v e rb to b e . I n o n e se n se ,

j l rfo rms t h e o ffi c e
the T u rk ish gj p e ,
as an au x ilia r
y an d as an

in de p e nde n t v e rb b ut as s u ch , it is a ve rb j
a d e c t iv e , an d c o n

t inu ally l ap s e s in to t h e p aralle l ide a of to b eco me .

T he T u rk ish o rigin al ly h ad a t ru e v e rb s u b s t an t iv e , ml
(ime k ) to b e . T h is e x is t s fragme n tarily in O tt o man T u rk ish ;
p e r h ap s in c e rtain p ers o n s o f t h e pre s e n t ,
c e rtain l
y in t h e p e r

fe e t of t h e in dicat iv e , in t h e ao ris t c o n dit io n al, in t h e p as t


a c t iv e p art ic ip l e , in t h e p e rfe c t v e rb al n o u n , an d in th e ge ru n d,

a pp are n tly mo di fi dfe ro m t h e p re s e n t ac t iv e p art ic ip le (w h ic h in

r
e as t e n an d o l d T u rk i sh w as an d i s fo rme d In
c,( or
u h:
1
e ven
0 a

Q B t race s of Wt h are n u me ro u s in O tt o man, as a d e c tives j ) .

Thus
I n dica tive .

P re s e n t .

F } (im im)
a
,
, , a m; (i
s n, s in)
g (s lfi lz
o

t ho u a rt ; (lz , we a re ; f ,

sl iilz) you a re.


14 6 O T T O MAN T U RK I SH GRAMMAR .

by u s in
g ,
w h e n n e ce s s a ry o n ly, th e s
p e c ial ,
u n iq ue , an d mo s t

d is tin c t iv e T u rk is h in variab le p art ic le O f afli rma t io n ,


; s (d l r,

dir) is , an d it s c o n v e n t io n al (u n n e ce s s ary) p l u ral j ij a (dlrlé r , ,

dirl ar) a re (w h ic h is j u s t a s w e ll e x re s s e d b
p y t h e S in
g u l ar
) .

o o J

T h l S w o rd ) w rit t e n in e as te rn T u rk is h s (dd r) as it is
1 U ,

s t ill p ro n o u n ce d in p ro v in c ial O t t o man , ls O fte n fo u n d al s o , in


o I

O ld an d e as t e rn w rit ing s , u n de r th e u n c o n t ra c te d fo rm o f

T h is c irc u ms t an ce l e ads t o a sus


p ic io n t h a t t h e w o rd
O J O J

is , o rigin all ao ris t o f urma


y t,h e the o rd in ar
y v e rb
(d q)

to re ma in .

H o w e v e r t h a t may b e , t h e p e c u l iarity of the w o rd is t h a t it

is n o t s p e c ial t o t h e t h ird p e rs o n s in gu l ar, o r t o t h e t w o t h ird

p e rs o n s , S ingu lar an d
p l ural . I t is O fte n u se d, in w rit in g an d

in c o n v e rs a t io n , a ft e r a v e rb Of th e fi rs t o r se co nd p e rs o n al s o ,

s ingu la r o r p l u ral, o f an
y S imp le te ns e of t h e in dic a t iv e , w it h

or w it h o u t t h e l
p u ral si
g n
z
l ,
w h e n th e s e ns e ad mit s it . I t is ,

in fac t , an e x ac t e q u i al e n t v t o th e F re n c h in ch o a t iv e e x p re s s io n


c es t gu e, an d t h e L atin c o ns t a t g u o d, w hic h c an be u se d to

in tro d u c e an
y in dica t iv e ro
p p o s it io n , as t h e T u rk is h
if is u sed

t o c o n c l u de an d c o mp l e t e an
y su ch . A n d, as the F re n c h and

L at in c l au s e s can be o mit te d w it h o u t th e se nse s u ffe rin g, s o


0

al s o c an t h e T U Pl h I n c o n v e rs a t io n i t is m u c h mo re
I

dis p e n s e d w it h t h an use d .

T he n e gat iv e O f
j ,
» is K g l
( j
d l l dl r
) is no t ;
p l.

3"
A C C I DENC E OR E T YM OL O GY . 14 7

dl
( y l ller d lr
) an d
i}K ( y
f dl l l dl : rl r e) a re no t
(j u s t as w e ll

e x p re s s e d w it h o u t t he
E l) .

S EC TI O N XIX . T he Ve rb of P res en ce an d A bsen ce, o


f E xis te n ce

and N o u - E x is ten ce.

T HERE ARE N O S U CH V ER B S I N T U RK I SH . W h at t h e re are,

an d w hat E u ro p e an s h av e e rro n e o u s l c h o se n t o de s ign at e as


y
o r 0 J

s u c h , are tw o ad e j c t ives ,
J
l) (v ar) p resen t o r ex is t en t ,
'

ufi (ybq )
a bsen t o r n o n - ex is ten t . L ik e any o t h e r s u b s tan t iv e o r a d e c t iv e , j
0

t hese may b e fo llo w e d b y t h e v e rb al p ar t ic l e o f affi r mat io n

w h ic h , in t h is c ase , a s in an
y o th e r cas e , may b e o mit t e d in

c o n v e rs a t io n .

I t may b e c o n v e n ie n t, o c cas io n all


y for
,
a n o v ic e in T u rk is h
) O J J

:J
0 1 o 0 o

to su
p po s e t h at
Jj
l or
)
J l me an s t here is t h a t 0}

me an s t here is n o t. B u t, u n le ss ri
gh t ly u n de rs t o o d, t h o se re n

de rings are mis l e ading . T he e x p re s s io n s re al ly s ay a n d me a n

he, s he, o r it , is p res en t ( e


x is ten t) ;
or h e, s h e, o r it, is a b sen t
(o r
n o n-ex is ten t
) as,
3; £ (
3 itt é s h v ar) fi re (is ) p res en t (h e re ), or

ex is ten t
( so me w h e re ), UJ

u
m (ht esh
yb q) fi re
( )
i ( )
s a bs en t h e re ,

o r n o n -ex is ten t ( an
y w h e re ) .

O J O I

T h e n, su ch a
p h ra se as
l l (v ar 61) b e th o u p res en t (o r
Jj

ex is ten t
), 3) b 6
(y q )
1 b e t hou a b s en t ( or n o n - ex is ten t ) ,

b e c o me s c le ar f T he fi rs t is a k in d Of p ra
ye r, I ll ayes t t ho u ever

be rea dy to h e lp th e fi ic ted w h ile t h e



ex is t, a nd at h a n d, a .
148 O T T O MA N T U R K I SH G RA MMAR .

s e c o nd is a c o n de mnat io n , a s e n t e n ce of b an is h me n t or

a nn ih ilat io n , or a w is h in t h e n at u e r Of a c u rs e , A w ay !

A va u n t &c .

By u s in g a lo c at iv e w ith t h e s e t w o e x p re s s io n s , t h e y b e c o me
0 0 4 1 4 0 01

l) 5 1: é l m a ard v a )
s p e c ial in s t e ad of ge n e ral :
J
5M
(j b d p r

in my p o ck e t mo n ey is p res en t (I h av e so me mo ne y in my
1 0 1

p o ck e t ) ; (5 M lo l
b j mu d (ev lmdé b dunum yb q ldi) in my
V
h o u s e my fi rew o o d w as a b s en t, w an ting, n o n ex is ten t (I h ad no

fi re w o o d in my h o u s e ) .

By u s in g a p o s s e s s iv e p ro n o u n
(w it h o r w ith o u t a ge n it i ve
as w ell ) w ith t h e s e t w o e x p re s s io n s , t h e ide a of p o s se s
s io n is

s u p e ra dde d ; as ,
5; 1 (p dram V ar) mo ney be longing to me

ex is ts (i . e .
,
I h ave mo ney, I h a ve s o me mo n ey ) (d an

b
y q) mo n ey b e l o nging to t h ee ( )
is n o n-
ex is ten t
(i . e .
, th o u h a s t no

m (hab it
0

g
O f o ,

mo n ey) ; 1
, g fi JP d ia ; s inin ch bq k l ta b ldI i v aI

dir) many bo o ks b e lo nging to his f a t h er a re ex is ten t (i. e . h is

f a ther h a s many b o o ks ); 6 34]


U) ’
r
s Lb l K»
V ; (b e n im s afi a

lh t lyaj lm yb q ldl) an
y n eed o f mine to (le an on ) t hee (fo r ass is t

anc e ) w as n o n -ex is ten t (i . e ., I h ad n o n eed o f thee) .

S EC T I O N XX . Of the Co mp o u nd Verbs .

B e s ide s th e T u rk ish v e rb s al read


y de s c rib e d, t h e O tt o man

l angu age h as b e e n inde fi n ite ly e nric h e d w it h w h o le clas s e s of


15 0 O T T O MAN T U RK I SH GRAMMAR .

0 1 0

rs al b lh n ma
t ran s lat io n T hu s, Ju l (i q) to be s en t, to '
.

h a ve d o n e (t o it ) t h e a c tio n of be ing s en t (foI th e A rab ic an d

P e rs ian ve rb al n o un s , the re v e rs e o f the mo re ge n e ral T u rk is h

r u le , t ak e t h e p as s iv e as w e ll as the a c tiv e se n se ) . D e fe re n t ia l

co mp o u n d p as s iv e s are fo rme d w ith t h e p as s iv e au x il iar


y
mmfi‘fl
O /C J J J

( )
b l
‘ fi l as , L
A)» l (irs a l b u q
y l mfiq ) to b e co n

descen d ingly s en t, to b e k in d ly s en t .

R e c ip ro c al v e rb s ac t iv e of t h is c las s are fo rme d w ith t h e

re c ip ro c al Of L aid ,
t h at is , w ith t h e a u x il iar
y W M (ldls h

mé k ) ; as , M y ) (k h tI

su mé t ldls h mek ) mu tu a l ly to

exerc is e h o s til ity, litiga t io n , o r sp it e, to w ards on e a n o ther .

C a u s at iv e s of the si m p le an d re c i
p ro cal are fo rme d b y t h e
O
m
0 0
i
0 4

c au sa t iv e s o f d ad an d s h ,
na me ly, d a
JM
‘el v az azl
,
th u s,
O
I I I

"
O p O 0 f [ 0 0 4 0

el
v
aq l to cau se or le t ( a t h ing) be s en t ; ta z gl
vg a ‘

to ca u se o r le t ( tw o or mo re ) mu tu a l ly a tt a ck ea c h o the r .

N e gat iv e s an d imp o t e n t ials , as al s o d u b ita t iv e s , p o t e n t ials ,

and fa c ile s , a re c o n s t ru c t e d w ith t h o s e fo rms Of wt i h !an d t he

ldlié l j fl) & C i l fjll


o

o t h e r a u x iliarie s . T h u s, ts no t t o s en d ,
a s l

no t to be a b le to s en d ,
fi a l 3)
L» it is s a id t h a t he s en t ,
0 1 0 0 1 0

db ‘to be a b le to s end , al
v gxfi b !
d) j us t to s en d .
ACC I DENCE OR E T YM O L O GY .

15 1

S E C TI O N X X I . Of the I n te ro ga tive r Verb, a nd I n te rroga tio n

in gen era l .

A ll in te rro gat io n s , in T u rk is h ( w h e n an in t e rro gat iv e p ro

no un is no t p re s e n t in t h e ph rase, as s u ch ) ,
are made b y in tro

d a c in g t h e in t e rro ga t iv e p art ic le o r adv e rb (ml mi) I n to


L5, ,

it s p ro p er p o s it io n in t h e p h ra s e .

T h e p ro pe r p o s it io n of t h is p art ic l e in t h e p h ras e is t h e e nd

o f t h e w o rd on w h ic h t h e q u e s t ion t u rn s . We h av e n o e q u i-r

v a le n t fo r it in E n glis h ; in L at in t h e w o rd a n, an d th e

e n c lit ic
p art i c le n e, are its e
q u iva l e n t s ; a ls o the Fre n ch
es t -cc q ue

T h is may b e b e s t sh o w n by an e xa mp l e Of fi ve e le me n t s ,

e ac h o f w h ic h may b e t h e w o rd o n w h ic h t h e q u e s t io n s
p e c ia ll y
t u rn s , so t h a t t h e a dv e rb
L5
. is su c c e s s iv e ly j o ine d to ea ch of

t h e m t o in d ic at e t h at s
p e c ial it
y . Th u s

1 .
(AK A . Lo
u}
; (san ml s n ail b é nl mlaars

h i yd b ln éj é k s ln) .

I s i t t ho u w h o art to ride w ith me t o -mo rro w in t h e c arriage :

5.t
0 O

e T
4 I I O I

. .
4s , ad,» ( s an s sb sh mi b snimn al s
G
b ayd b é néj é k s ln )
I s it to m o rro w t h at t h o u art to ride w ith me I n t h e c arriage ?

o a r a 0 1 0 4 0 1
2
, 1 1

3 . . u n C
-
S (s i n s a s h b enlmlami a s
g
.

b ays b l nej é k s ln)

I s it w ith me t h at th o u art t o ride in t h e c arI iage t o -mo r o w r ?


15 2 O TT O MA N T U RK I SH G R AMMAR .

O o f ? I ll a I O I O I ' O I

(Si ms ab ah b é mlmld drab aya


'

a ale “
:
:
) c)

mi b lnéj ék s ln )
I s it in the ca rriage t h at t h o u art t o r ide w it h me t o-mo rro w ?

5 .
M 5 . (fé cI i; ( sé n s a sh b é nlmlé arsb sys
b lnéj ék mls ln)

Art t h o u go ing t o ride w ith me to -mo rro w in t h e ca rr iage ?

T h is do e s n o t, h o w e v e r, e x h au s t th e po ss ib le po in t s of th e

q u e s t io n in t h e cas e o f t h is s e n te n ce , n o r th e p ro pe r place s of

the adv e rb in it T h e p h rase it s e lf may b e in q u e s t io n , as


LS:
.

t o w h e th e r t h e s e w o rds w e re u s e d, or so me o th e rs , by the

p e rs o n t o w h o m t h e in t e rro gat io n is r
add e s se d. I n t h at c as e ,

t he a d ve r b w o u ld s tan d a fte r th e p e rs o nal e n d in g o f th e


at

i ll :CI ;
0

v e rb
f
I v
s a ; 55; A
c)
“ (San sab ah b é nlmlaH
ira

h i yab inéj é k s l n ml), w h ich mean s , D os t tho u s ay, t hou w ilt ride

w it h me to -mo rro w in the carriage

T h e la s t t w o in s tan ce s c all s pe c ially fo r th e e x p lan at io n t h at ,

in c o mp o u n d v e rb s th e pr o p e r p lac e of the adve rb . may b e


Ls

b e tw e e n th e t w o e le me nts of th e v e rb . Th us we may as k ,

cl u e d
L5 :db l I
; s it t o se n d ( an d n o t h ims e lf carry, fo r in s tance )

t ha t he is go ing to do ? an d
é ub l
i l (irsa l ldé ék ml
j )
I s he go ing to s end

I n T urk is h si mp le or de rivat iv e ve rb s ,
su ppo s ing t ha t t h e

a dv e rb ‘ is to fo l lo w t h e v e rb in th e s e nte nce , and n o t so me


U
'

15 4 O T T O MAN T U RK I SH GRAMMAR .

S EC TI O N XX I I Of A d verbza l E xp res s io n s

. .

As e x p l a in e d in S e c tio n I I .
,
e ver
y T u rk ish j
ad e c tiv e is al s o

a n a dv e r b .

O; 0 I I

t ime is S
E v e ry nou n o f al s o u s e d as an adv e rb as ,
J C L o

( s ab a h gal) c o me
O ) / O O
to -mo ri ow ; L5 “ 0 1 0

u
é
1

)
0

(eI k én
galdi) h e ca me

(
I I

e a r ly ;
” ug (it k h s h dm gé lh ) he w zl l co me zn th e e ven ing
r
A dj e c t iv e s o f I e la t iv e
p l a c e , l ik e j
all ad e c t iv e s , are u s e d as

a dv e rb s ; th us, fi
(y q ari ch iq ) mo u n t up , w a lk u
p,

c l imb u p , a s en d c ?
3 (dh as
gh i a
g )
l co me d o w n , des cen d ;

21 q j
'

(il e ri l
g )g
t o f o rw a rd, a d va n e c f f g é rl gal)
) x
.
,

c o me b a ck .

B ut s u b s tan t iv e s o f la ce , l ik e all s u b s tan t iv e s , c an be u se d


p
adv e rb iall
y b y the s o le me an s o f b e in g j o in e d t o p re p o s it io n s ;
O J
“i i, (ydq a idd (Btu lyb ) he
, , I

thus, l r r r zs s it t ng i h igher up
J y) })
a I ,

O l J I O I

{s
x s h h h iddn mzng f ro m b e lo w
-L l (a é l lo im) I a m co
i
.
wa g g ;

J u l ; (s hgh d glt) go t o t he i igh t ; &c .

A p o s s e s s iv e p ro n o u n may e n te r in to s u ch an adv e rb ial

e x p re s s io n as ,
al l .
(fi s t fi mach iqdl ) h e mo u n t ed on to

t he top o
f me .

An j
ad e c t iv e , s u b s t an t iv e , a n d p re
p o s it io n may j o in t o fo rm

CAI (Alt t dI dfda) o n


O

an a dv e rb ial e xp re s s io n ; as , the lo w er

s ide lo w er do w n ; CAI (alt t ardfddn) f zo m the lo we r s ide

f ro m lo w er do w n .
A CC I DENCE OR E T YM O L O GY . 15 5

SO j
an a d e c t iv e , s u b s t an t iv e , p o s s e s s iv e , an d
p re p o s it io n may
I OO J
“b
a

be c o mb i n e d a d v e rb ial fi
I n an eX p re s s w n ; as ,
( st

y dn imd) to t he s id e a b o ve me ; 3 K“
; Sill (dlt ya ifi dd) n on the

s ide b elo w thee ; l l; ( g


a h d dfi da )f m h i (h r, its
)
u sa
E t n n
s r ro s e
b e

r igh t - h an d s ide.

W ith c e rt ain s p e c ial e x c e p t io n s , an y A rab ic s u b s tan t iv e o r

j
a d e c ti e v b e c o me s an ad v e rb by a d din g an fi s tfi n an d v o w e l I

mark e d

t o it ; t h is b e in g O ft e n w it h a do u b l e ds t tin s ign , an d

re ad an ; o r, if t h e w o rd is a fe min in e in s b y p u t t in g t w o

d o t s , w it h or w ith o u t th e d o u b le fi s t fi n s ign t o it , w ith o u t

an I ; th u s, in l e ngt h, lo ngw ise , in lo n gitu de


~

liar

arz i n
s
( ) i n b read th, b rea d thw is e, in l a t itu de ; If ; l y
J ,
.

(l I éI
'
I dn II
'
é b ah rét n) by lan d

a nd by s ea ; h as. md
( q dé ma)
dd ,

E
, 5 0 1

f or merly ; L) s . mf vdk hk h ardn ) la tt erly, recen t l


y; l li ) I nk s

(t an b q atlb é tdn ) d ecide dly


'

a n d en tire l .
v y

T he fi rs t te n A rab ic o rd in als are th u s mu ch u se d adv e r

b ial ly ; as , I ; (sw a m)fi rs t ly , r


I l
i (i
i
s an i
lyA) s eco ndly ; I iI
i
(S alis h)

t h ird ly ; LI I
/
5( rab id ) f o u rt h ly ; (k h amis a fifl h
) y; l G l;
i
Cl; (s ab l d)
E
:
( sa dls a) s ix thly ; o
'
s even th ly ; LI (s amine) eigh th ly ;
&i (ta l a) s

n in thly ; f} (
I ; a )

s h ira ten thl
y .

15 6 O T T O MA N T U RK I S H GRAMMA R .

S E C T I O N XXI II . Of P rep o s it io ns .

Th ey alw a s
y fo llo w th e s u b s tant iv e or pro n o u n . B e s ide s
t h o s e give n in t h e c h ap te r on t he su b s tan t iv e , t h e re are b ut

fo u r or fi ve o th e rs :
9 3} (dze re ) p
u o n, I ; é
(j j, d) ac co rd ing to ,

l
( ) an d
s z
(siz i )
n w itho u t, a
d é i
( y )
l n a t t he t ime of, a f ter

the ma nner of .

S EC TI O N XXI V . Of Co nj u nc tio ns .

T he j
c o n u n ct io ns 53015) an d £5 33(dzl k h i) a ls o , fo llo w t h e

a
f o r t o !

w o rd t h e y u n ite to a pre ce ding o ne ; as , n o e t

(gldé rs an ,
h en-
dd gid erim) if tho u , w il t go , I a ls o w ill go 3 I .

( b u ddk h i) th is , t o o .

A ll j
o t h e r c o n u n c t io n s h e ad t h e c lau s e s w h ic h t h ey c o nn e c t .

T he p rinc ipal of t h e se are :


5 ( é v
,
in P e rs ian co u p le t s re ad

t , a) a nd ; I i i (smmA), (lak in) , ( v é bu t ;


0 0, o

é l (eye r ege r) if ;
0

_s = l (anj dq) o n ly ; a b
a l (ya k h bd
) or ;
L, ) , f

(
y h d th
a . .
ya . .

no r . .

LS
” ( t ) ins o mu ch t ha t ,
)
é : mé
( yaé r me e r u n les s ;
g ) ,

& x i (lmdl) therefo re, w herefo re , j ):(


z i ra)f o r ,
becau s e ; A g );
( ch fi nk fi ) s ince, by reas o n t ha t ; { (k l) t hat ; IS (t a) s o tha t, in

o rder t ha t ; as f a r as . O f t h e se , so me are T u rk is h ,
so me

A rab ic, o t h e rs P e rs ian in o rigin .


\
r
15 8

C HA P T E R I I I .

T H E O T T O MAN S YN T A X .

SEC T I O N I . Co n vers a tio n a l brevity . P recis io n in w r iting .

CO L L O Q U I A L an d w rit t e n O t to man T u rk is h , as far as S yn t ax

is c o n c e rn e d, are the ver


y an t i
p o de s O f e ac h o t h e r .

A s in t h e o rt h o h t h ru l e is giv e n “N e v e r int ro du ce
g ra
p y e

a v o w e l -le tt e r in t o a T u rk is h or fo re ign w o rd w it h o u t

re mo v ing a
p o s s ib le do u b t as t o p ro n u n c iat io n ; n e ve r le a v e

out a vo w el in s u ch a r
w o d, if b y the o miss io n a do u b t is

c re at e d as to p ro nu n c iat io n ,
-
t h at is , b e al w a
ys as co n c is e
as is p o s s ib le w it h o u t fallin g in to a mb igu ity ; SO a ls o , in co l

l o q u ial s yn tax t h e c h ie f ru l e is N e ver re


p ea t a w o rd , or in t ro

d u ce its equ iva len t, a n d n eve r u s e a s u b s idia ry w o r d, u n les s


fo r
emp h as is w h e re as t h e go lde n r u le fo r w rit t e n la n
t he s a k e f
o

u a e is , N ever o mit a ny wo rd tha t te n d s to ma ke s en ten e c


g g a

c lea r a n d exp l ic it . On t h e c o n t ra ry, in t ro du c e f ree ly a s ma ny

n ew w o rds as ma y, in t he re
q i
u s ite degree, e lu c id a te the s en s e

s o u ght to be co n veyed . I n o th e r w o rds , S p o ken O tto ma n Tu rkis h

s h o u ld be as co n c is e a s p oss ib le, e ven to t h e verge o


f a mb igu ity ;
SYN T AX . 15 9

w ritten O tto ma n Tu rk is h mu s t be as
f u l l, ve rb a l l
y, as t o lea ve no

d ou bt on th e mind of th e rea d e ra t a ny d is t a n ce o
f sp a ce o r t ime .

The re as o n s are O b v io u s an d e min e n t ly p ra c t ical, p h ilo s o p h ical ;

n a me l re aso n o f a s e ak e r s c o n c is e n e s s , a

y . I f, b y p do u b t as to

h is me a n in g Sh o u ld aris e in t h e min d of t h e p e rs o n a d dre s s e d,

u e s t io n c an b e p u t, an d t h e do u b t at o n e re mo v e d
c if,
a q on

t h e c o ntrary, a w rit te n d o c u me n t b e le ft O b s c u re in any p a rt ,

t h e do u b t t h e n ce a ris in g mu s t re main u n s o lv e d, an d t he me an .

in g gu e s s e d a t, b e c au s e t h e w rite r is e it h e r de a d o r aw a
y at a

d is tan ce .

H e n ce , if o ne be as k e d, :
53 5 (b d né A) dl r) w h a t is th is t he

lil (elmA)
'

a n s w e r, in O t to man T u rk is h , w ill b e , fo r in s t a n c e , L

Fre n c h m “O es t
E n gl is h (A w o u ld an s w e r :

an a le
pp , as I n . an

0 0 1

u ne S h o u l d t h e q u e s t io n h e ,

arda m rd fi n fi z md
(q drn dhs h iml
[ vu l
g q. s h i i] gy d ) h a ve you -
s een

f
0 , o

my bro ther ? the an s w e r w ill b e, e it h e r a


(gydrdfim) I h a ve
(
s een ( ),
h im or
n i r gydrmAd lm
( 1
) I
0 1 0
h a ve no t s een h
( m)
i .

S h o u ld o ne s a
y t o yo u , W i K a
a)
s? (b unI I

S an av e rs am
r ,

yer-ml s l n
) f g
-
I I ive t h is to t hee (y o u
) ,
w zl t th o u
(w ill
y ou
) ea t

i(f:(yé
0

g
,

( )
it ? the an s w e r w ill b e e it h e r I lm) I w ill e a t (it) , or b
V
(yé mdm) [ w ill n o t ea t
( )
it . I n t h is las t q u e s t io n, t h e o mis s io n

of
“it,

even b y th e as k e r, is t o h e re mark e d .

A s in s tan c e s o f th e o mis s io n O f al l p ossi b le su b s id iary w o rds


,

fro m ph ras e s in c o nv e rs a t io n , may b e me n t io n e d t h a t o f t he


16 0 O T T O MAN T U RK I SH G R AMMA R .

O
af r fim at iv e
)
s
( )
d iv is ,
it is , he o r s he is , on all o c c as io n s of

o rd inary as se rt io n o r n e a t io n.
g T h e p e rs o nal a nd co rro b o ra

t iv e p o s s e s s iv e p ro n o u n s are nev e r e m l o e d in co nv e rsa t io n


p y
O J r

u nle s s fo r e mp h as is or d is t in c t io n , as , (
s i v lyb i im) I
O J a

lo ve ( th e e , yo u, h im, h e r, it), I “ “ ( aul Si


S l v l b i im I
y ) lo ve
GU , IS
f o r

t hee (yo u ), u; (b é n S au l " I , p ers o n a l l


y l o
,
ve t hee ;
0 1

ga g I I , (b ei b zi m ga ldl) my f a ther
. I ca me, or has co me .

t
As a c o n s e q u e n ce o f t h e de s ire t o le av e no do u b t as t o th e

me ani ng o f a mo n
O 0 0

a n d v e rb s
O 0

w ri t i ng, no u n s I n a
pp o s ,
I n
p a i rs ,


0 a l l

are mu c h u se d s u c h a re ,
J a
) ( v ldd A mdh db b é t ) f rien d
JO O J

) ) ( I

s hip , J fix k ( t il h i i r d I ds t i r b lun du) ha s been w r itten


LSJ
Ufif .

A r e s u lt of the a v o idan ce o f u nn e c e s s a r
y re p e t it io n is t h a t

t h e t h ird p e rs o n s in
gu lar O f a v e rb is o ft e n e m p lo ye d in s t e a d

Of it s p l u ral w h e n t h e no min a t iv e p l u ra l is ex p re s se d ; as ,
o f Ol O d fl

d m d a i) s o me men , men have me,


g a s sl ( dd l r
g ld or t he co or

00 7718.

A no t h e r s u ch r e su lt is t h e u s e o f a s ingu lar s u b s tan t iv e w it h

Jul é;
,

n u mb e r d ch a
a p l u ra l c ardin a l ; as ,
( t ) three h o rs es ,
O I I

(b in Arab a) a t ho u s an d veh ic les ( car r iage s ,


ca r ts ,

w aggo n s ,

T o mak e w rit te n co m o s it io np s t ill mo re p re c is e, it is ve ry


u s u al, a ft e r in t r o d uc in g a co mmo n s u b s t an t iv e or a pro pe r
n ame in t o a p ara ra h
g p o r art ic le , l e t t e r, d is p at c h , & c .
,
ne v e r
to u se a pe rs o nal p ro no u n t o de s ignate t h e t h ing or pe r s o n
162 O TT O MAN T U RK I SH GRAMMAR .

o a

ma ny s hip s ; )
3 e l éé s
éb
(ch ic h e k b agh ch dnifi zin é tl

d lr) fl o w ers a re t h e o rn a men ts of the ga rden s , of t h e ga rde n

Ps ial (s u lch dlm) I


0 1 -
1 J
d ra n k ( so me ) w a ter, I dran k w at e r (
no t

w in e,
)
Bl ( n
S Aq ) a ter flo w s
ar w .

I n the acc u s a t iv e c as e in de fi n it e , t h e s u b s t an t iv e is as in t h e

no min at ive ; as ,
y
: (eu l c h m é k
) t o drin k w a ter (s o me

w ate r
)
. I f t h e de c le n s io n al acc u s at ive is u s e d, it is al w a
ys
de fi n it e ; as,
F a
a ;
tl é } ( y
s u u l ch dlm I
) d ra n k, or h a ve dru nk ,

t h e w a ter .

T h e re are fo u r diffe re n t T u rk ish me th o ds O f c o n s t r u c t in g

two s u b s t an t iv e s F irs t b y S imp le j u x tap o s it io n ;


in a s e n t e n ce . ,

s e co n d b a ddi n g t he p o s s e s s iv e s u ffi x o f t h e t h ird p e rs o n to
y ,

t h e s e co n d s u b s t an t iv e ; t h ird b y p u tt in g t h e fi rs t in t h e,

g e n it iv e , a n d s t ill a ddin g t h e p o s s e s s iv e s u ffix t o th e s e co n d

an d fo u rt h , b y p u t t in g t h e fi rs t in so me o th e r p re
p o s it io n al

c as e , an d l e av in g t h e s e co n d u n ch an ge d.

I n si mp le j u x t ap o s it io n of two s u b s tan t iv e s , th e fi rs t in

d ic at e s a m at e rial, t h e s e c o n d a. fo rm ; o r, th e fi rs t in dicat e s a

J 3i
;
q u an t ity, th e s e co n d a mat e rial ; as , et
) ) (hl t in t u) a

M ;
t o ,

lr k ll é ar a
go ld bo x U
)
. ) (b p ) a b u s h el ( )of b ar ley ;

111
£ 26 (i i i l O
y ) f h o u rs j
'


I k S a e t l k l a dis tan ce o two o u rn ey

;
O

(fi c h S é trlllk ch bh b) bro a dclo th


. en o ugh fo r three
E
c o a ts .
SYN T AX . 16 3

W it h t h e p o s se s s ive s u fli x a lo n e adde d, a re lat io n o f


g e nu s

an d S p e c ie s is in dic at e d, t h e ge n u s s t an d in g las t, an d th e com

b in at io n re main ing in de fi nite ; as , g u


t
$ LK (k l t5 b q é b i)a
bo o k -
co ver ;
6
6 l (é v k yfi p éyl) a ho u s e (d o me s t ic
) g;
d o

1 0 ) 0 1 1

l
ufi (ydb dn fi rdeyl) a d u ck f
o the w ild ern ess ( w ild

du ck ) . I f th e fi rs t is a ro e r n a
p p me , t h e se c o n d is t he s p e c ie s ,

th e fi rs t t h e n ame of t h e in div id u al , an d t h e c o mb inat io n is

de fi nit e as , I
SD ( q
az a défi lz l) t he S ea of A zof .

W it h the fi rs t in t h e ge n it iv e , re al p o s s e s s io n is in dic at e d,

the n ame o f t h e p o s s e s s o r b e in g t h e fi rs t an d th e c o mb in at io n

“l ?
,

is de fi nit e ; as ,
a, a l (q iralifi as k é rl)
c

t he king s

ar my ;

i bb (b hb hmifi
’ ,

l é vl ) my f a ther s ho u s e

dj G .

W he n th e fi rs t is p u t in t o a p re
p o s it io n al case , th e se c o n d

re main s W it h o u t a s u f x , an d fi th e co m b in at io n may b e de fi n it e

or in de fi nite , a n a c t iv e
p ar tic i l e
p b e in g al w a
y s u n de rs to o d ; as ,

J) , ”4”
2 ( sh éh re yb l) a ( or the) ro a d to t h e t o w n ;

g
0 C,

m rdét n k d mfi ’
(dé l y p ) a b ridge o
f zro n
)
; BJ ) I d
(y dei b l r .

k é rré ) o n ce in a mo n th 85 0 .

When two su b s t an t iv e s are in a


pp o s it io n , n o ch an
ge is made
1 50 o ) , t

in e it h e r; as , Ié l ug
h ( ch aw us h Agh a) M r S ergean t ; d . ea l

dz l l é fé n dl
(y j ) M r C lerk .
; (mus h I r
p as h a) the P as h a

(w h o is ) a M u s hir . H e re , t h e ge n e ric w o rd s tan ds las t , an d

t h e c o m in at io n is d e
b fi n it e . S o me t ime s ,
th e S p e cifi c w o rd or
16 4 O T T O MA N T U RK I SH GRAMMAR .

I cl 2h

t e rm is com pl e x an d o b e ys it s own ru le s ; as ,
u)
‘(On
6
b ds h i agh éi ) M r. C p o ra l ;
or a t (all; (mi r alay b éy) -
S qu ire
E
C o lo n e l ; L E; ;
I (mi ri l lv a p ash a
-
) the M j
a o r- G en era l

P a s ha .

T h e re are tw o e x c e p t io n s to th e ru le t h at t h e ge ne ric w o rd

s tan ds l as t , w h e n t h e o th e r w o rd is a ro e r n am e I n all
p p .

o th e r c as e s w ith p ro p e r na me s , t h is ru le h o l ds ood
g ; as ,

v 0 , 5 )

é m d rin cess E s ma , I lz z é t mb lla)


( s a e lt an
) P ) . o
} s (
J u dge I zz et
Ga - l Lil J ) I; ( i ‘
zr if é fé n dl) M r .
'
A rif ; & c . T he
0 O )

e x ce
p t io n s are : 1, t h e w o rd c lic k» , w h e n app l ie d to the sove
[ Ofl
) OI O 0 )

ll
1

re ign b e fo re h is n am e un. ( fi l tein fib dd-d

; as , -
a s
g

h ami d); 11, w h e n


2, t h e w o rd 5 3 a
pp lie d t o

a
a s t u d e n t o r s ch o o l

b o y, a ls o b e fo re h is n ame as , Y) ; (mb ll aras h id


) s c ho o l
b oy Ra s h id .

A ny nu mb e r o f s u b s t an t iv e s may b e in ap
p o s it io n , an d one

Of th e m may b e the p rop e r n ame of the in div idu al ; as ,

o l s J O J o J

(Ogh lum my

q dlI I fiI I z )

L cJ l

J s ervan t ,
0

yo u r s on ;
) r
o
" 1 ) o ; o f o l o J

j ; 690 I E-) I b
(gh lI I m ré fi
q

b éy q uldfi dz
)yo ur s ervan t,
V
J
O J ) 0 0 0 4 0 4 P O

my s o n, R efi q B ey ;
) 5 e}.
g il l ‘ Li l b
(g h lum mi r
Jz r j

any efi q b éy qdlti iuiz ) you r my Co lo nel R efi q



r servan t, so n,

B ey ; &c .

Wh en a s tring of su b s tan t iv e s in c o n s t u c t io n r w o u l d in

st ric tn e s s r e qu ir e s e ve al o f r th e m c o ns e cu tive ly t o b e p u t in
16 6 O TT O MAN T U RK I SH GRAMMAR .

w ith t h e fi nal v o w el o f t h e w o rd . When th e fi n al v o w e l - l e t te r


O 0 1

is l th e s e rv ile c o n so n an t l (5 L E (5 I ; (j l

or
J
is 6 ; as , w zI -
y
J

a- l
p y é sb ) the p la c e of t he f oo t o
f the h o rs e ; d;
e L5» L5) :(mu

—u ég) fi n al
yd t he h a ir f th e f f t h e d og I f the
'

riI S o a ce o
y .

v o w e l- l e tt e r be a
L5 ,
t h is l e t t e r is c o n ve rt e d it se l f in t o t h e

s e rv ile c o n s o n an t re
q u ire d ; so t h at no w rit te n a ddit io n is
0 0:

( é i -l b I I r
j

'

n e e de d ; t h u s, L
) ? E? 6 3 p ri
y ch ah ) t h-
e f a iry
of t he
C 4
w e ll o f th e t o w er . I g n o ra n c e O ft e n w rit e s a h é mz é o v e r s u ch

fi nal L5 so c o n v e rt e d in t o a c o n so n an t ; but it r e al l
y is no t

re q u is it e . I f, h o w e v e r, t h e fi n al vo wel b e t h e le tt e r I then

th e a dd it io n o f a h e mz e is a n e ce s s ity . S o me t ime s th e é s é ré

v o w e l- s i
g n is fig u re d u n de r it , 9 . U s age is div ide d as t o th e

p ro e r
p p la c e w h e re t h e s e rv ile h emzé S h o u ld b e w rit te n . I t

is at t ime s mo re c o rre c t l
y p l ac e d b e t w e e n t h e t w o w o rds , on a
O I ,

l in e w it h t h e w rit in g ; as , E LL; (b é ré - l fé l ék
) t h e l a mb
f
o

th e sp h ere A ries ); an d o th e rw is e it is l e s s c o rre c t ly l


p ce d
a

o ver th e v ow el s ; as , fi lls a
} .

Of tw o s u b s t an t iv e s in P e rs ian co n s tru c t io n , th e fi rs t is O ft e n

the me t ap h o rical na me of t h e t h ing lite ral ly e xp re s s e d b y th e

s e c o n d, t h e p air re al l
y re
p re s e n t in
g o ne ide a u n de r t w o image s

as ,
6 3 h.
(s a>
m taq di r
) t h e d ro ve r, d es t in
y; u h :

n an l z
l zi mé t

( i ) (o f
'

t h e r ein s d ep a rtu re .

W h e th e r in T u rk is h or P e rs ian c o n s t ru c t io n , the sa me

r e mark h o ld s go o d of a p ai r o f s u b s tan t iv e s , o n e o f w h ic h is
SYN T AX . 16 7

0 0 1

the w o rd
f
l (é mr), or o ne of it s s
y no n
y ms , as h .
(ma d de ,
)
O J
M
)

v
o
p (k h us u
)
s ,
Q éy f lyyé t), & c .
, al l of whi h c s ign ify

o u r c ir u ms ta n ce,c and the l ik e . Th e y are u s ed in w rit t e n

T u rk is h fo r pre c is io n . Th u s . é —fi
a l ) fl u
ts l n a; s l ( ra h - l t ali
u I f ]

sil ni é mr l l ns llzi k l) the ma tter of t h e p u rs u it o f t he p a th


'

-
f
o

J
l—
0 )

$
) ,
3
1 1

s tu dy ; ca SM U A (db n an manifi gé l mé s l k h us fi s u
)
J

t h e qu es t io n o f the co ming of t he fle et .

F
:
A fte r a p ro
p e r na me of a p e rs o n o r t h in g, t h e w o rd l ( na m)
O I O a

me, is c o mmo n ly e mp l o ye d ; l ls M l (ah mé d n et m z a t


)
'

na as , c a ; .
(
t he p ers o n age n amed A hmed ; A; iri m m j e z i re )
( V
1) ; (q na

t he is la n d (p e n in s u la) n a med Crimea .

O 1 l

T he two w o rds ar c . )
(h az re t), u h . » (j é )
n ab , w h ic h

o ri
gin al l
y m e an p r es en ce a n d s id e, a re u s e d b e fo re o r a ft e r the

na me s or t it le s o f in div idu al s h e ld in h o n o u r, w ith a me an ing

v ary in g fro m t h at of H is D ivin e M aj es ty do w n t o t h at of


p l a in

M r . or M rs , &c . Wh e n t h e y p re c e de , th e y re main u n c h an
ge d
a O f

t o th e e ye , b ut are in P e rs ian co n s t ru c tio n ; as , u e a


r
.


1 r

(h am e t -
l k h uda
) H is D ivi n e M a
j es t y , God ; u g h;

é
p ygamb er
) H is S a n c t ity, the P rop h e t , u
r s t; c l » .

p
O i l O/ II
j e na b -
i p a dis h ah ) H is M j
a es ty, the S o vere ign , U L.) U L)

s ddaret mdfi ab ) H is H ighn ess , the R ep a ir


-
o
f t he V6 2 1? a te

( e
t h G ran d V e z ir) . Wh e n t h e y fo ll o w , t h e y are in T u rkis h

minal
'

c o n s t ru c tio n, an d
g e n e ral l t ak e the p o s se s s ive p ro n o
y
16 8 O T T O MAN T U R K I SH GRAMMAR .


s uf x o f t h e t h ird p e rs o n p l u ral , b u t so me t ime s t h at o f t h e
/0 1 0 O O 0 1 ° C” JO ’

S in gu lar ;
1 , I

t h ird p e rs o n as , is }; f ile h yl e
( y k
shh u
r
l is lam t ah lr b ey h az ré tlé rl ) H is E min en ce H igh

-
th e L o rd

J ,

:
0 1 0 1 1 I

C h an ce l lo r, T a h ir B ey ho l (b uru s a
w G au
GT E

mfi ft ls l h ds an é fé n dl j é nab i) H is H o no u r t h e S ta te Cou nse l f


o

/0 0 ’

3 :(sefl r p ash a
1 r

B ru s a , H a s an Efendi b
n fi Li b . 1L H is
1 0 1 1 O J 0

E c
x el len cy the P a s ha A mba ss a do r ; ( b u ss do L ( té rj dman
.
U ?)

b éy H is Wo rs hip th e I n t er re ter
p B ey ; &c .
,
&c .
,
&c .

G e n e ral ly, t h e w o rd b e fo re a s in l e n ame in dic at e s o ne


g
:

o f t h e p ro p h e t s , s ain t s , or p a triarch s of o ld ; as ,
) o
f » .

C

(h az ré tl nfi h ) the p a tria rch N o ah ; mu s a) th e


O ”0 4

Ow fi léyma n) ( g)
p ro h
p et M o ses ; s the p rop h et k in

S o lo mo n , me ry e m) S ain t M a ry ( th e V irgin


O I

M o t h e r) ; i1s a) t he P rop het J esu s ;

mé si h ) the h o ly A no in ted On e (C h ris t) ; & c .


, &c .
, 85 0 .

S EC T I O N I II . S yn t a x f
o the A dj ective .

l
.

N e ar y e ve r
y th in
g re q u is ite in a S k e t ch h as b e e n s aid o n

t h is j
s u b e ct in th e fo rme r C h ap t e r S e c t io n I I . I f se v e ra l

j
a d e c t iv e s
q u al ify o ne s u b s t an t iv e , t h e y fo l lo w o ne an o t h e r

si mp ly I n T u rk is h c o n s t ru c t io n , an d are al l c o n n e c te d v o cal ly

o : 9
. 0 J o , 0 1 1 0 ,

J);

d zé l,
in t h e P e rs ian c o n s tru c tio n ; as , u
j
s
s
)
b al (gy
17 0 O T T O MAN T U RK I SH GRAMMAR .

c o o

g ) k e them ;
lb l l i (b un l ar
gib i) l ik e th es e

(k l m glb l) l i k e w ho m ? u
f j
i. (né l é r i
g )
b i l i ke w h a t th ings ?

&
f d g fi:(b db é mlfik l gib i) l ik e t he o n e b elo nging t o my

f a th er ; g u
f jfj (b é n dé k l gib i) are the o ne I h a ve . A ll

o th e r p ro n o u n s are
p u t in t h e ge n it iv e , w h e n c o mp l e me n t s to

f
°

t h is w o rd ; 1 (b é l m i
g )
b i l i k e me ; ue l (anifi
rf
as, ’ n
9 g

gib i) l ik e h im, h er, it ;


J ed “
) (s iz in gib i) l i k e yo u ; w
i h) :
s

(b il ndfi gib i) l ike t h is ; &c .

S EC T I O N I V . Syn t a x o
f t he N u mera ls .

T h e T u rk is h an d P e rs ian c ardin al s al w a
ys p re ce de t h e ir

s u b s t an t iv e , an d t h is is u s u all l e ft in t h s in u lar, w h at e v e r
y e
g
the nu mb e r ; as , S A
,
,
f l
,
(ik i c h ift) t w o i
p rs
a ; J
: (dd
-

j l ll t ll
) the t w o w o rld s ( t an d fu t u re ) B u t t h e A rab ic

c
p re s e n .

c ardina l fo llo w s , t h e c o n s t ru ct io n is made P e rs ian, an d the

;
0

5
1 a

s u b s tan t iv e 1s made p lu ral ; as ,


(5 (q y
uv a l k h ams e ) t h e

fi males l
(j zitl s itt e ) t he
h s ix d irectio ns (i S p ac e )

ve s en ses ; . n ,

s ix s ides ( o f a s o lid ) .

T h e T u rk is h an d P e rs ian nu me rals p re c e de t h e j
a d e c t iv e s o f

th e sa me s u b s t an t iv e ; as do al s o th e A rab ic (t h o u gh a ft e r t he

s u b s t an t iv e ) ; t h u s ,
6
52 f
9 “
l (ik i s l ah
y k é ch l) t w o b l a ck
JO ;

g o a ts ; ” “ (h e ft iq li m l mamu ié
) t he s even c l i ma t es
Jr
SYN T AX . 17 1

o f the h a bita ble ea rth ; g a ll; i


g j ; (q d v ayi k h amse l -
za.

h lré ) t he fi ve ex tern a l s en s es .

B u t if, in s t e ad o f an j
a d e c t iv e , a de s c rip t iv e p h ras e S h o u ld
q u al if y t h e s u b s tan t iv e , t h e T u rk is h n u me ral c o me s b etw e e n
0) O
£4 n
1

anin b bydn dab ir l p ) a


th e t w o ; as, d u sk) (b d s t ring

O
gl
0 OO I


a I

o f t he length o f th e ro o m; g ag f o l As n..
.
Gr ) (h er

b l rl b e s h k éys é aq c h aé dé r ye di él mas ) s even d ia mo n ds , e a ch o f


th e va lu e o ffi ve p u rs es o
f mo ney .

A T u rk ish c ard in al n u mb e r c an b e p l ac e d aft e r a su b s tan t ive


in t h e ge n it iv e , s in gu lar or p l u ral . I t do e s not t h e n de fi ne the

nu mb e r o f t h at s u b s t an t iv e , b ut of a de fi nite p o rt io n of w h at

t h is re p re s e n ts ; as , L5) .s i gl (hddmifi
e b lrl) o ne o f ma n kin d, a

J/Lxl (Adamlé rln g


' e

man b l rl) o ne o
f th e men e
a l d is h
)
b

(b dhnin lk ls l
) tw o ro o ms ,
A l LJ
/ JeJ e l
J (b dalarin lk is l
) tw o o
f
t he ro o ms .

V e ry o ft e n , b e tw e e n t h e T u rk is h c ard in al nu m ber an d it s

s u b s t an t iv e , a n o th e r s u b s tan t iv e is int ro du ce d, w it h t h e s e nse

of in dividu a l in div idu a ls , in h “t en h ea d o


or as our
p ra s e s
f
” “s ix s hip s ,

&c T h is s u b s t an t iv e v arie s in
Ca ttl e, s a il o
f .

T u rk is h ac c o rd in
g t o th e n at u re of t h e t h in gs de fi ne d b y th e

n u me ral

0 2 1
. F o r men it is ; (
n é fér) in d ividu al ,
fo r b ea s t s it is

v )
a l (I e>s ) hea d , fo r b u lb s it is u
zl.
(b ash
) h ea d ; fo r s h ip s it is

l
a l ie s it A
(q ) p ie ce fo r c a nn o n s, s h ip s , a n d vil lages, it is
9 ;
L (p are,
17 2 O TT O MAN T U R K I SH GRAMMAR .

ara
)p

vu lg .
p iece ; fo r t h in s
g u s u a ll
y co u n ted it is ( fl ded )
nu mber ; fo r t h in gs n o t u s u a ll
y co u n t ed it is p l; (dau é, vu lg .

t an g) b erry ,
. fo r s w o rds it is (q hb z d h il t ;
) fo r e l ep h an t s ,

O ~ 0 OJ )

Th u s
r 1 1
i
(
z é nj ir) ch a in . .

v . fi ve men , Ufi ) ’ “
U ) (”
l
O I O

t en s heep , U
Sl.
£5
6 tw o o n io n s ; L5 9
6 t w e n ty
1 0 1 /

G t w en ty ves se ls ; c l. U ) ‘t en ca nn o n

n
J J 0 1 0 )


a o 1

(p ie ce s o f a rt il le r
y ; ) b l.
é fif ty v il la
ges ; as s
/3,1

fi fi
o
l
a hu n dred eggs ll a l: l tw o p earls ;
Lf
0 0 1 °

s w o rds ; o ne e lep han t .

y
o

T h e T u rk is h o rdin al s re ce de t h e ir s u b s t an t iv e s as , dul
p s
y


J o ) )

& ”(hltmi h
3 o o

(b irinj i é é
g yj ) t h e fi rs t n igh t ; Yl S 3J ¢ g s
J) o
..
G
. .

dbqfiz unj d alay ) th e s ix ty -


n in t h regimen t .

T h e A rab ic o rd in als fo l lo w ; as ,
J u l; u l; (b ab l k h amis
)
c h ap ter the fif t h .

T he P e rs ian o rdin als ge n e ral l


y p re c e de , b ut s o me t ime s

fo llo w .

T he T u rk is h d is trib u t iv e n u me ral s are u se d to e x p re s s th e


Of 0 1 0 Of ;

ra t e s o f c o lle c t io n as w e l l as o f dis trib u t io n ; as , s l.


0 1 0,

é s hér p awl é rdllé r) t hey


(b v co n tribu ted j ive p a ra s ea ch ; t
/ Lal

( gol f ) )
a .
(smart b esh é r p arav erl ldl
) t o them fi ve p a ra s ea c h

w e re d is tri b u ted .

For e mp h as is s ak e , th e si mp le r dis t r ib u t iv e s are o ft e n


17 4 O TT O MA N T U RK I S H GRAMMAR .

T u rk is h c o n s tru c t io n
p re c e de s t h e w h o le co mb ina t io n t o w h ich

t h e p o s s e s s iv e is s u ffi x e d an d t h is c o rro b o rat iv e is al w a
y s in

t h e ge n it iv e , w h e t h e r it b e a s u b s t an t iv e or a p ro n o u n ; as ,
0 1 1 0

e n im me rh um é é rlm m
Q H P
V )
“ (b p d ) y la te f a t h er ;
J J
b
)

l i al (b danifi
;

fi b ly k q ap us u) the grea t d o o r .
f
o th e

ro o m .

O ne p o s s e s s iv e su f xfi may q u alify s e v e ral s u b s t an t iv e s ; as ,

Lu
)

il l
1 9 1 A'

} ! Jl ( 5 1 11 si s -h at) a it ré t u hh b ab i) h is
'
v
t a :
Ls

f mil
a
y, co mp a n io n s , p o s t erity, a nd
f rien ds .

S E CTI ON VI . S yn tax of the Verb .

V e rb s of th e fi rs t a n d s e co n d p e rs o n a re e w it h
g t h e ir no mi

n a t iv e s in nu mb e r an d p e rs o n ; x
as ,
( ii ; (b é n gydrdd m I
)
s aw , h a ve s een (h im ,
h e r, it , & c .
) K
2 ; () i s z
gy urdfi n fi z
)
y o u s aw , h a ve s een
(me, u s, t h e m,

A v e rb o f t h e t h ird p e rs o n mu s t al so agre e w it h it s su bj e c t ,

if u n ders to o d ; as , L5 3 1:
f (gyd rd d) he, s he, it s a w, ha s s een (it ,
& c

Jg; i
(gyd rdfi ler t hey
) s aw , ha ve s een
( ,
it

Wh e n th e j
s u b e ct is exp res s ed o f a v e rb o f t h e t h ird p e rs o n ,

th e v e rb do e s n o t al w a
ys agre e w it h it in nu mb e r . A s ingu lar

su bj e c t so me t ime s h as it s v e rb in t h e p lu ra l, ou t o f re s p e c t o r

o l ite n e s s a l u ral su bj e c t o ft e n h as it s v e rb in t h e s in gu lar,


p p

T h u s : $1325
O i l

s o as to av o id th e c ac o p h o n y o f re p e t it io n . b l,
SYN T AX . 17 5

b ( Q ui p
1 0 1

(b i h am gl t dl lé r m
) yf a ther w en t ,
h a s go n e, is go n e g a

(us haq l eri


gal d l) h is or t heir s ervan t s came, o r h ave c o me, a re

co me .

So a ve rb w it h s e v e ral j
s u b e ct s e x p re ss e d, w h en all o f th e

t h ird p e rs o n , s in g u lar o r l u ral , ma b in t h e s in u lar


p y e g ; as ,

E
a BL
libi. (fi l fi f-
l riz v an u s unfi f l gufran -

s haya n d lr) th o u s an d s of pra


ye rs
f or God

s a ccep ta n ce, a n d a l l

f mercy h im, & c ) ( ) fi



k in ds o
f w is h es or G od s
(on . is are tt in
g .

I f o ne of th e m b e of th e s e co n d p e rs o n , s in u lar o r
g p lu ral ,

a nd t he o t h e r o r o t h e rs o f t h e t h ird p e rs o n, t h e v e rb mu s t b e

of th e s e co n d p e rs o n
p l u ral ; as ,
K g 35 3 )
m 35 2} L
3 ;
2
( S an v é p edé rlm v e q b fi sh ufi uz b e rab er gl tdlfi lz) t ho u a nd my

f a ther, w it h yo u r n eigh b ou r, w en t toge ther .

A n d if o ne be of th e fi rs t p e rs o n , e v e n s in gu lar, w h e th er t h e

t h e rs be of t he s e co n d o r t h ird, s in g u lar o r l u ral, t h e v e rb


o
p

ébjfi é é lfi fi j
p O ’ I O I ‘ O I

m u s t b e in t h e fi rs t p e rs o n p l u ral as ,
U

) c) ?

( ,
b en v é S an, v é q arn das h lfi, gydrdfi k ) I , and t ho u , and t hy

b ro ther, saw
( ,
h im
0

I n c o n v e rs a t io n , ) an d it s p lu ral )
l are ge n e ral l
y mit t ed
o
J
.

at the e nd o f a p h ras e , afli r mat iv e , n e gat iv e , o r in t e rro gat iv e ;

as ,
L5? zl w ( y
k e f lfi lz i l ml is yo u r he a l t h goo d
y ) J
l
a l l
(y )
it is go o d ; C Kfi ( y y )
[
l l
I
l dl
: ll i
I
t is
,
no t go od .

B u t, in re
p e a t in
g the fi
af r mat iv e or n e ga t iv e w o rd s o f
0 , ) f o , o )

a n o t h e r, mu s t b e in t ro d u ce d ; as , al
Lg g
l ) go 3 6 1
)
.
17 6 O T T O MAN T U RK I SH GR A MMAR .

“I
(b dylé dlr, d éy fi , t hs diq éylé dl) he co n firmed, s ay ing, t

is so .

I n re la t in g th e w o rds o f an o t h e r, n o a l t e rat io n is p e rmit te d

in mb e r, p e rs o n, o r t e n s e o f t h e v e rb ; as , L5 49)
nu

“ ” “
b (gé llrlm, .

i
didi) he s a id , I w ill co me (n o t as in E nglis h , h e s aid he

w o u ld

Wh e n th e j
ob e ct o f a t ran s it iv e v e rb is de fi nite , it is p u t in

l
th e ac c u sat iv e as ,
Plol
d (ht i aldim) I b o u gh t , h a ve bo ught ( or

B u t, if t h e j fi nite re main s in
t a k en ) t he ho rs e . ob ect b e in de ,
it
O O’

th e n o min ativ e ; as , O T (i t aldfi n) I b o ugh t a ho rs e or

ho rses .

I r
n t an s it iv e , l ik e t r an s it iv e , v e rb s ,
go v e rn t h e ir in d ire c t

j
o b e c ts b y me an s of d iffe r e n t p re p o s itio n s ,
i . e .
,
th e s u b s tan t iv e s

or p r o nou ns are p u t in t o diffe re n t cas e s ac c o rdin g t o th e v e rb .

J
l
0 4 0

Thu s wu (dlfi mdan q b rq maq ) t o be f


a ra id o f dea t h ;

1
3 1
5 13 (fi lfi mdfi n q ach mhq) to ru n a w ay fro m dea t h ;
O / O I I a !

‘A’ le (p arsyab aqmaq) to lo o k at mo n ey (i e t o t ak e mo n e y


G a
b
. .

,
,

0 4 ° I J

in t o ac c o u n t o r c o n s ide rat io n ; ) 6
L1 m
9} y . ( e nd ayfiz mek ) to

s w im in t he w a ter 2
$2 9 (dé filzé
gi rmék
) to go in to

t he s ea t o b ath e in t h e sea
);
0 1 0 )


a

45 l
°

(q ilij in w ar .

O
3 m
O O

g
o '
-

maq) to s trik e w ith a


(or the ) sw o rd ; Ut ah (k u h .

/3

lc h ln yapmaq) to d o (a t h ing ) out o f regard


(for so me one
);
;
612 i } : a l ( y
h a w ani b in mék ) to mou n t on a bea s t (h o rs e
);
17 8 O T T O MAN T U R K I SH GR AMMAR .

S EC TI O N VI I . S y n ta x o f t he P a rtic ip le .

I n c o n v e rs at io n , th e s u b s t an t iv e
q u ali fi e d b y a p art ic le ,
ac t i e v
or p as s iv e , is so me t im e s u n de rs t o o d, an d t h e p art ic ip l e is u se d

as a s u b s t an t iv e ; as , ES ( gelané v er) give (th o u it) to him

“gu f g ldlylmab aqma)


I O /

( or her) w h o co mes ; lo o k not a t


I f ,

1 0 )

th a t w h i h I c w ea r ;
} d a d
(y p j gh imi s b rma
) a sk no t
a
w e
w a
s;

w ha t I s h a ll do .

J
T he a c t iv e
p art ic i
p l e p I e se nt of
U l ,
i. e . ll
U j
l ,
is o ft e n

o mit te d a ft e r A rab ic p aI tic ip le s , ac t iv e or p ass iv e ; as ,


c ; .

Il
‘ si ll “ l ai l : ( fi b i mé sk yfi n dd v w aqi mé ma llk
' ’

{f
ass r II
U s, }

b fi ldan) the co u n t r ies a n d to w n s s itu a t ed in the in h a b ited qu a rter


I , J J ) 0 J 0 1 l o a

(b l l k ltab dtl mez



(of t h e gl o b e ) ; u
)
ll t j Uj s
,
9 ss
)

k yu r ffi n u n u maa rif ) t he s ci en ces a nd ma tters f


o k no w ledge

men tio n ed in this b o o k .

A c t iv e p artic ip le s go v e rn al l t h e ir o bj e c t s in t h e sa me w ay

as th e v e rb s fro m w h ich t h e y de rive ; so a ls o do t h e p as s i ve

p art ic i
p l e s ,
e x c e p t in g o n ly the j
ob e ct th ey e ach q u al if
y as an
0 4 V J:
j
a d e c t iv e ; as ,
U
l> l a
(q p h dc h an
) h e w ho Op en s a do o r ;

U
l:l
6 }
s :
(t uyu dc h hn) he w ho ( tha t w h ich ) op en s the d o o r ;

,3
3
n l Ael l r"(e lim.
l lé dch digh im q apu) t he d o o r t ha t I
O i l

op en e d w ith my ha n d , w J’ s
(p é dé l i

min b unu q ab u l idemeyéj éyl S eb é b ) the r ea s o n


f or w h ich my

f a th er w ill no t be a b le to a ccep t this .


SYN T AX . 17 9

T h e P e rs ian an d A rab ic p art ic ip l e s are co n s tru c te d, g e ne

ral l w ith t h e ir o bj e c ts in th e sa me man n e r as if the


y, ,

p art ic i le s w e re
p . s u b s tan t iv e s

) 01
as ,
all? f l } fills .
(k h aliq i h er -

as j ih ah ),
L5
s t; lis ten s
} . (h é r as j lh an ifi k h allqi) th e Cre a t o r

f“,

—f
I O I )

f bo t h w o rld s ; l s l ‘
(mak h l fi u é d l ud ré t l ,
)
Ur
-
o
dr - -
i s q y
-
q

éfi z Z I ;
LJ S
l q d dret lerlnlri mak h lfi qI i ) the

(y e
‘‘

ll -
crea tu re

f
o th e h a n d o
f H is al migh ty p o w er ; U)
T Efi ‘ ( afé riné n dé

l i n u an) t he Crea to r of this and th a t ( all t hin gs ) ; .


g
i l fi ti
w

Li t ) ? ( é
r s id éd k yfi n gyfi ré d l ch ark h - i é s ir) w hich h a s re a c h ed
the b a t t l emen t f
o th e etherea l sp here .

B ut so me t ime s A rab ic a c t ive


p art ic i
p l es of t ran s it iv e v e rb s
go v e rn t h e ir dire c t j
o b ects as do t h e ir v e rb s ; th u s, M

é l é l mé z k fi ré—
l mfi
( y yy
k f t -
y b i n
) w h ich exp la in s

t he s a id c ircu ms tan ce .

S EC T I O N VI I I . S yn ta x of the Verba l N o u ns and I fin itive


n .

T u rk ish v e rb al n ou ns are co n s t ru c t e d w it h t h e ir su bj e c t s
w hen su b s tan t iv e s , a s a n
y t w o s u b s t a n t ive s th u s,
I
KéJs l l l s

( mé dlfi galmés l)
hh t he ming A h med, A h med ming

co o
f s co

n s /
/z
b ll l
Ll (a h m é difi g al dlyl) A h med s
(p s t c t io f ) h ng

a a n o a vi

é sll l (a
& I S

co me h mé dlfi gelej éyl) A hmed s (fu t u e ac t i n

l
'

r o

of ) co min g .

Wh e n th e j
s u b e ct is a p ro n o u n , it is p u t in t h e ge n it iv e sti l l
,
180 O TT O MA N T U RK I SH GRAMMAR .

an d t h e T u rk is h v e rb al n o u n t ak e s t h e p o s s e s s iv e su fix o f
f th e
0

If
0 1

bj e c t s n u mb e r an d r ds b e im mé m) my

su p e rs o n ; as , e )
( n gal

co ming
O ,
; em s (s anln galdlyln ) thy having co me Uf la l
K(hnléd n
C
I

UJ KM a
g j
lé é k l é d ) t h e ir
f u tu re co ming .

T u rk is h v e rb al n o u ns an d infi n it iv e s a re c o n s tru c t e d w it h

t h e ir o bj e c t s ,
dire c t or in dire c t, e x ac tl
y as t h e ir v e rb s ,
th u s ,

Q L LK
0

f
o

é l
d (
i
z nl
gyfi rmé m) my s eeing h im (h er, it) ;
r
t o , I a ,

(iz mi re a é é
g j y )
l ln t hy f ii t u re co ming to S myrn a ; si sa l an
y;

; (p e asan t ah mé dlfi ddn mék tI I b yaz digh i)


'

s
U
A hmed h aving w ritten le t te r to his f a t her

s a es t e rd a
y y .

A rab ic v e rb al n o u n s are c o n s t ru c t e d w it h t h e ir a e n t s s o me
g

t ime s ln t h e T urk is h , so me t ime s in t h e A rab ic , an d s o me t i me s


0 ) ) J

in t h e P e rs ian mann e r ; fi ru dI I m) my

8,
i ”)s( v a rriva l

c an J o )

LJlLa fi (t lt h S I llfl ) t hy s tu dy ; (t i h rl rl ) hi s w ri ti ng ; dil l


c
g ,

S hn h s ll
é e
(s h n -l llah ) the a ct o
f God ; )
C lUg
l
:9 1
5 3
l zt re-i é r l é fk ar t he co mp
( d a y ) r evo lvin
f f t he

r a o as ses o
p gy g
-

tho u gh ts .

A rab ic v er b al n o u ns are c o n s t ru c t e d w ith t h e ir o b j e ct s in

th e sa me man n e r as th e co mp o u n d v e rb s fo rme d of the m as ,

;
} ii l (mhqdurl hrf mp loying o ne s u tmo s t
U;
' ’
s an e
b e gfl ;

n rafl h l t a i mé dzt r)

ls . (fan n l d
j g h s ltt h elp to
'

y y
-
a
) g i
.

an a c u iring
q t he s cien ce o f geograp hy . B u t t h e y may al s o be
.

c o n s t u c te dr w ith t h e m as tw o s imp le s u b s t an t iv e s , e ith e r in


182 O TT O MAN T U RK SH GRAMMA R I .

J
"
.
l
(g d dp, gydré re k , gal dlk dé , k h ab é r v é rdlm), I , go ing

a n d s ee in
g , o n co ming b a ck, rep o r ted .

Vi h e n c o mp o u n d v e rb s are u s e d, t he a u x iliar e ru n d s may


y g
0 ) J o 0 1 0

be o m1t t e d t w 1e e lo n g
o n ce o r in a s e n t e n ce as , a
») M
y
0 J , 0 I f) 0 [ CI I

a
) ” lm j s ai l) (b lr mé v z l d v fi ru d, v é ands hh m iq dar.
)

q fll é dfi p ,
'
a rr ivi ng a t a cer t a in a n d s itt ing d o wn
"

ud p la c e,

the re a w h ile, I n t h is c as e , h o w e v e r, j
a c o n u n c t io n re q u ire s

t o b e in tro d u ce d in l ie u o f t h e ge ru n d o mit t e d ; as is seen in

t h e e x amp l e giv e n .

T he j
s u b e c t s , an d dire c t or in dire c t j
o b e ct s , o f t h e ge ru n ds

a re c o n s t ru c te d as w ith t h e ir v e rb s . B u t, as th e ge ru n ds

mb e r o f bj e c t s
'

c ann o t in d ica t e t h e p e rs o n an d n u t h e ir su , the

ap p ro p riat e p e rs o n al
p ro n o u n mu s t b e e x p re s s e d b e fo re t h e m,

w h e n t he s u b e c t j i s n o t a s u b s ta n t iv e , as , sa a
f r
is
) u

(seem k it ab b u d
q y )
b ma n, rea ding a bo o k (o r bo o k s ),

;
°
J
‘ \ J l ; l (fermanl m s lz é v w zt s il b lij él q ) a t w h a t time
'

a i
O J a
my c o mman d s h a ll a tta in u n t o t o u ,
y ; d ”( u
:
(b é n,
L

shu adami gydréré k ) I ,


s eeing th a t ma n, &c .

S E CT ION X . S yn t a x o
f t h e A d ver b .

T he adv e rb p re ce de s th e v e rb o r ad e c t iv e j q u al i fie d b y it ;
0 l o ’ I

as ,
L5 4 5 u uls Lo ( s ab ahl éyin galdi) he ca me in the 77207 72n

j jf U ) f ;
( c li bq gyfi z él) very p ret ty .
SYN T AX . 1 83

T he n e ga t iv e
1K : dl l
( y ) l n o t, p re c e de s the v e rb s u b s tan t iv e ,

e x p re ss e d o r u n de rs t o o d, b u t fo l lo w s t h e s u b s ta n t iv e o r a d e c j
O
t iv e w hich it ne
g a t ive s ; as , "Ks é
(g j y
u d l l ll m) I a m no t
( I I I

y o u ng ; M I f ,
(dq l s l z dlyils l n
) t h ou a rt n o t u n in te l l i en t
g ;

53 if F
l

. » il (adé m dlyll dlr) he or it is no t a man ; & c .

T he a dv e rb ial fi
su f xes dé
( ),k é
( y
d in), fo l lo w a
I I f »

no u n o f t ime , p lac e , o r co n dit io n , in t h e dat iv e ; as , b l


a b

( a
shab ade i
y )
n u n t i l mo rn ing ; waq ) (lon dura a
y dé k ) as f ar

as L o ndo n ; s n i gly (d lfimé dé k ) u ntil dea t h . T h ey fo llo w t he

t hird ge ru n d a ls o ,
p u t in t h is s ame da t iv e c ase , a n d thu s fo rm


0 ’ I

a v e rb al l imit of t ime ; as , ws u g é ll n e é dé k
j y ) u n til
(I ,

tho u, &c .
) co me , ca me . The a
ge nt mu s t h e n ame d o r u n de r

é s q aé agg (b é n gldluj éyé dé k ) u ntil I


1 1 I O

S t OO d as ,
g o
(or w en t ; )
K
0 4 1 1 0 }

l) (mé um b ra av a l n a a
j y e my
q l k t fi b d k ) u n til

r
) ( ) ‘ y

l ett er re a c h
(
o r re a c hed ) there . T he t en s e of t h is ge ru n d is

d e c ide d b y t h e c o n te x t , in l ik e man ne r as it s a
ge n t an d

j
o b e ct .

T he adv e rb a cco rd ing, als o fo l lo w s a dat iv e

éy l g 5; l

as , l s 5
( ql imfl
a gyfi ré
) a cco rding to my j u dgmen t

(b l
i nd gyfi ré
) c
a c o rd ing to me ; & c .

T he a d v e rb s a (ydfi d) U
, ,
;
8 ( y)
dela l ,
i j
'

(d t drd
) rela

t ive ly, fo llo w s u b s t an t iv e s or in fi n it iv e s in t h e ab lat iv e ; as ,


)

fif
a

k l da db la l
y) re l a t ively (ab o u t
) a (o r the)
q }
t ( b
,
u n t a n to
184 O T T O MAN T U RK I SH GRAMMAR .

bo o k
4

U) )
1 3

S,l
0

U m; (glt mé k dan fi t dru


) re la tively to ( ab o u t ,

c
c o n e rn in g
) go ing .

A l th o u gh it is not
g ra mmat ic ally e rro n e o u s , in an s w e rin g a

q u e s t io n , to u se th e fi
af rmat iv e ad l (e v e t ) o r U:(b e ll)
v e rb ga

y es, o r th e n e gat iv e b
(y q) or
; ( y )
k h a r no, w hen ap p ro

p rla te , it is u n id io mat ic t o do so . T h e mo re ge n e ral c u s t o m,

w h e th er on e o f th o s e a d v e rb s be u se d o r no t, is t o re p e at t he

w o rd or w o rds of t h e q u e s t io n on w h ich t h e in t e rro gat io n

t u rn s , w it h s u c h g ra mma t ic al mo difi c at io n s as may b e n e ce ssar


y .

T h u s , t u rn in g b a c k t o t h e fi v e q u e s t io n s in s tan ce d in C h ap I I . .
,

O )

(e v e t ,
b é n) yes, I (
a m to ride ) ; 2, SF ,
1
U , b
(y q b lb l r
gy
,fi n
)
no, t he day a
f ter ; &c .

S EC T I O N X I . S yn t a x o f t he P rep o s it io n .

T he T u rk ish re o s it io n
p p al w a
ys fo l lo w s th e w o rd it

g o v e rn s , no u n, p ro n o u n , or v e rb al de riv at iv e , as is s ee n in

C h ap I I . .
, s e c t io n s 1 (p . 4 (p . 5 (p . 6 (p .

7 (p . an d in C h ap . I II .
,
s e c t io n8 (p . b u t th e

A rab ic an d P e r s ian p re p o s it io n s al w a
y s p re c e de as ,
gig
gl
y
( n
a t -tzl h qlq ) n tru th ;
j g} (h er qara
) p
i m ( w it h

i r n er a n en ce

7
3
n
£ 5 U(

a e ) l - w aqi ) in
'

i t

o ut c h an ge ); ( h d s ingly ; 3 i

f a ct ; Jl; Zl
g (b l:é yyl h iilln ) in a ny c a s e
C C?

Ug
j x
z
i zll “U (
I I

s 3 15 .
186 O TT O MAN T U R K I SH G R AMMAR .

5 (ls tdn hb lda t o d ak h i aldl) too , me f ro m


3
n p
L5 g ca n n o n, ca

Co ns ta n t in Op Ze .

T h is e n c l it ic is r e p e at e d a fte r e ac h me mb e r of a p h ras e
l o , 0 I

l ink e d t o ge t h e r b y its en dage derim;


u se ; as ,
(9 (h -

o ) : O , O o o

3 3?
I ! z

3
I

S an da) I to o , w il l go , a s a lso th o u ; l lJ l »
) 3J
-
, ‘ ‘ tA 5A
4
(h en-dd, S an da, b-da, fi ch fi mfiz
-

gldé riz
) I ,
t h ou , a nd he to o , w il l

all three go .

I t is o fte n l
p ce d
a a ft e r a v e rb in t h e c o n dit io n al , it s sens e

b e in g t h e n , in E ngl is h , re n de re d by e ven as , (gi ls e dé ) -

even s ho u ld he co me ; U
i
zrl gal ml ) —
s h is e dé even t ho ugh h e

be co me ; gg gy g als éy dl da) h ad
a -
he even co me s SA JJ l
A

a
(g j
l é é k b l e d da) e ven s h o u
-
ld h e be a bo u t to co me ( e ve n s h o u ld he

t h ink o f c o min g, o r re so l v e to c o me ).

A fte r o th e r v e rb s t h an c o n d it io n al s , it is e n cl it ic w ith e ac h

t h at e n t e rs a p h ras e , an d an s w e rs to our b o t h, fo llo w e d b y a nd

J ’ O
'
o r a ls o ; as , my ? aA b (gé lirim da, gy
drb rfi m da) I - - w ill b o th
) vy
I O I o 1

K(
1 0 ’

co me, a n d s ee a ls o ; t AA
D
ll u l
e ) 3A
?)
aA o
J)
f
.

0
I

b éyan lr -is e- m, allrlm- da) I w il l co me, a nd I w il l see, an d f


i I

ad mire, w ill a ls o b uy .

T he j
c o n u n c t io n s QK lg ,
in t h e se nse o f w het her


or

O
w h ether,
f a
j é l é
(y )
é r if
=
,
w it h (gé i r ch ,
vu lg .
gerch é
) o r

d é l (éyé r ch l, -
vu lg é gé rc h e) a ltho ugh, p u t t h e v e rb o r v e rb s
ej .

[ O

fi ll»(h is gi l Sé s
, ’

of t h e ir p h ras e in t h e c o n dit io nal as , M l;


S YN T AX . 187

h agdlmas a) w hether he co me, or


(w h e th e r
O O ’ o
he co me ) n o t ;
i é i o

é
(yé r gals a i he
)f co me ; so u l ULS ”
J
e l (égé i ch l galmis h is a

even co me t h o u gh h e b e co me
as) a ltho u gh h e b e (eve n
) .

W he n the c o p u lat iv e
J
j o in s o n e v e rb o r
p h ra s e t o an o t h e r,

é , in c o n fo rmity
it is p ro n o u n ce d v
( to a c e rta in de gre e ) w ith

it s o rigina l A rab ic p ro n u n ciat io n ; b u t w h e n , in P e rs ian co n

s t ru c t io n , it u n ite s tw o n o u n s , s u b s t an t iv e o r ad e c t iv e , j it tak e s

t he v o w e l- s o u hd of d or a, and j o in s o n, in p ro n u n c iat io n , as

th o u gh in a sy l lab le , w ith the c o n s o n an t p re ce din


g it ; as ,

33
( 53 he ca me, a n d

O
he s aw ; 3 :5lJ
1 a;
OJ J O
:
(d e v le t fl iq b al) fo rtu n e an d p ro s
p erity ; J
A . )
J UJ s
(q av 1- fi
y
t é n dd rfi s t ) s tro ng and hea l thy .

T h e P e rs ian j
c o n u n c t io n { (k l) th a t, a l w ays co n n e c t s tw o

me mb e rs of a p h rase , an d s h o u ld ne v e r be s u p po s e d to b e a

re lat iv e p ro n o u n in T u rk is h ( as it re a ll
y is in P e rs ia n , as w e ll

j
as a c o n u n c t io n
) ; as , J JJ l J
r
lsu
(malu m b la k l ) b e it k now n

t ha t S o me t ime s t h e c la u s e t h at fo llo w s Sh o w s th e c au s e

o r re as o n of t h at w h ic h p re c e de s ; t h e j
c o n u n c t io n may t h e n
I
; K U KJ BJ
o o a O )

be re n de re d b y fo r or be ca u s e ; as, s A lj l M
'
LS
U ( U
O
O.

l
0 0 1 1 1 0 1
2
A nJ
J (5 J u l si
w ( . nl a z m n d
y é b lalim, v b n al é k yfi na n , k l

j ins -
i magfé ré té S i m 1 -
e sh k b ldu n I I qu d ) le t

us b e in s tan t in s up

l i i in mo a n s , f o r th e m )

a n d a s s idu o u s
p c a t o n s , s ilver o f ( an s tea rs

h a s b een ma de the f (G o d s ) mercy



co in s p aya ble fo r th e w a res o .

( e
T h I n v e i s io n
A
J
EJ g Al l fo r U Al l A SJ is p o e t ical
J J J
.
)
188 O TT O MAN T U RK I SH GRAMMAR .

A ft er a v e rb S ignifying to s ay (
w h ich al s o may me an, to s ay

to o ne s s el

f,
to th ink ) , or to as k, th e j
c o n u n c t io n J in t ro du ce s ,

w h at is , w as , or w ill b e s a id o r t h o u gh t ; b u t t h e
q u e s t io n mu s t

b e in t h e mo o d, t e n s e , nu mb e r, an d p e rs o n , in t h e v er
y w o rds ,

/
u se d b y th e s p e ak e r o r t hink e r ; as ,
S J
J J S & ;
l A
CJZ A l
( y
d b r k l,

JO )

y ar n l g l rim) he
bl s ays , I w ill co me t o - mo rro w ;
j )
. AA
J g J UA
JJ
o

(s brdn k l, b u n é dir) h e as k ed, W at is this ? We see, then,

t h at i f , s o u s e d, is t h e e q u iv ale n t o f o u r S ign of q u o tat io n , th e

in vert ed co mma s . We can n o t al te r t h e p h ras e as is o u r c u s to m,

an d s a
y , he s ays he w il l co me, o r he a s k ed w ha t t ha t w a s .

O c c as io n ally, in a c e rt ain s tyl e , t h is J is o m it t e d ; as ,

“0 mo na rc h ”
0 1 0 1 0 1

J n 43 U l U AgA (d ldi : b
y sh bh rlyar) he ex c la imed , .

B u t t h e me th o d mo re ge ne ral ly u se d, e S
p e C 1all
y in co n v e rs a
t io n, an d w h ich is t h e t ru e T u rk ish mo de , is t o q u o te fi rs t w h a t
w as s aid, as k e d, o r t h o u gh t, an d t h e n imme dia t e ly t o b rin g in

th e ver b to s ay, &c in it s p ro p e r t e n s e , n u mb e r, an d e rs o n


.
, p ;

)J;
0 °

as , 3
JJ
K(gbl lriz diybrlbr) they s ay, We w ill c o me ; i. e .
, t hey

s ay t hey w i ll co me t
i?
" didi) he s a id, I

m e r, it, t h e m, u, &c
) i
d id no t s ee (hi ,
h y o . . e .
,
he s a id h e d id

n o t see . I n t h is cas e , if t h e v e rb

u se d be an y o th e r t h an Q éA ,

th e T urk is h j
c o n u n c t io n i
J g( y
d l n , vu lg . dbyb), w h ic h re a ll
y is

the fi rs t or fi ft h ge ru n d, mo di fi d by
e u sa
g e, o f £113 viz LJjA
1 ,
.
,

or u ) . is in t ro du c e d b e fo re t h e v e rb u s e d, an d a fte r t h e q u o ta

t io n ; it is t h e e q u iv ale n t o f o u r s a in ;
y g a s, lA l
J Lft J
19 0 O T T O MAN T U RK SH GRAMMA R I .

t ak e it in t h is lat t e r s e n s e , an d t ran s late : for , t he exis t en ce of


rivers , &c .
,
a re bu t o ne d rop , do .

B u t, in e t h ic al w o rk s and t h e l ik e , ge n e ral ly c o mp o s e d by

me mb e rs of th e dlé mzi c las s (D o c to rs of C an o n L aw )

on a

P e rs ian or Arab ic mo de l, t h e c l au se t h at fo l lo w s i
f is ge n e ral ly

q ualifi c a t iv e , an d the s tyl e is an t i- T u rk is h . Thu s . Ky }


‘ J O “ 3 f",

1
:
1 i

JJ l l er k bs k l dé s t l h lmmé t
w li: u w
A J M w w ) (h

l lfl h ab l l mé tin l fiqld mfi té s h é b b ls b la,


- -
every o n e w ho

s ha l l t a k e ho ld f
o t he fi m r ca ble o f rea s o n w ith t h e h an d o f
en d ea vo u r,
313
033
: { i s}; )3 (b n j anv é rlé r k l

z l b ré t 1a man z ur dur, ma ls w h ich


c
na ar- i t hes e ani a re

lo o ked up o n w ith a rega rd f or in s tru ctio n,

T he c o n u n c t io n sj J G ( t a k l) in o rder t h a t, J i ll: (s h aye d


A l li (madfim k l) a s ( Bl:
l l

k l) p erh ap s , les t, e
- -
lo ng a s , s in ce,

(me b a dzt k l
) l
'

es t, { K (meye r k l)
c u n les s , re q u ire t h e ir v e rb s

; J
0 I

z
1 1

t o b e in t h e o p tat iv e ; as , A. . ll§
d D t dh ammfi lfi

q alma a
y ) i n o rder t ha t no p o w er o f en du ra nce be lef t in him ;

j jj l a:
l
l
mfi nh é z lm b lalé r) les t th ey b e ro u ted ;

5xt; hayfi t dél b lalé r


) s in ce they a re a lziw
e,

ilj l a
A
L
l fi st ; ile 61a) l es t it be so ; lf i
f J
L

gyfi z é l b le
l ) u n less he ( s h e, it) be b eau t ifu l .
SYN T AX . 19 1

S EC TI O N XI I I . S yn ta x o
f the I n t er ec tio n
j .

S o me int e rj e c t io n s are a c co mp an ie d b y n o u n s an d p ro n o u ns ,

s o me by n o u n s o n ly, o t h e rs h av e n o ac co mp an ime n t , an d s o me

re ce de v e rb s .
p

W he n ac c o mp an ie d b y a no un , the noun is al w a
y s in t h e

no min at iv e , e x c e p t in g w it h t h e in t e rj e c t io n
u)
o ’ o i o

F é
I ’

LAlA l, (v w a kh b hb hm) a la s , my f a th er l_c} l fi


ug
l (
a fel i n ,
r
.

v u lg . a fé rl m bgh lum) w ell do ne, my b oy .


6 A; (gldl hde b

S z l ) 0,
imp u den t
f e llo w . F i
lm: Lgl
)
I O ,

é
( yq ardas h im w e ll b ro the r !
) ,

O J J ) O /fi ”I O

lA l
(aman ch bj ugh dm) 0, my ch ild l by (mé rh ab h
(f
e
u .
. u

é fé n dlm) G o d 3 b less ing



on yo u , s ir ! Th ey a lw a
ys p re ce de the

no u n . T he w o1d 0 l is u sed in t h is w ay al s o , b u t it fu rth o 1

p e rmits it s s u b s t an t iv e t o b e p u t in t h e dat iv e as , L lUL


r
, .

(y lq é méylm), “( l a b:(yazlq é méylmé) a la s my t ro u b le !


2
az A

a la s
f o r my t ro u b le I

Whe n acc o mpan ie d b y a p ro n o u n , e x ce p t t h e in t e r j e c t io n


6 9- 1 (gldl) , t h e p ro n o u n mu s t b e in t h e dat iv e ; as , 6 ga
;l
I O

K
I

azi
(y q b an s)p o o r me ! a o l‘ (v w a k h s enl a) a la s f or t hee
c
.

a f t ; 0

)
. Lal ( af r é lm é nlard) w el l d o n e, t h ey ! The e x c e p t io n al

d A f iS c o n s tru c te d w ith t h e a c c u s at iv e o f t he s e co n d p e rs o n

s in g u lar, w h ic h it may p re c e de or fo ll o w as ,
an y (gldl
S au l) o r Le
t f i es
; (san i l l
g )f g
d au h , tho u (
go o d-
fo r- n o t h in
g )!
192 O TT O MAN T U R K I SH GRAM M AR .

I j
nt e r e c t io n s indicat iv e of a de s ire fo r t h e fu t u re or re gre t
fo r t h e p as t, are c o n s t r u c te d w it h t h e c o n d it io n al, ao ris t or
f ”

p a s t ac c o rd in l
gy; as , “K s l (ah gal s a 0 t h a t he
) w o u ld co me !

cl (ah gal s e dl
y ) 0 t h a t he ha d co me ! O ne of t he se ,
O r ?

L)
. ls l
,
is c o n s t ru c t e d al s o w it h t h e imp e rat iv e , an d e x
p re s s e s

v eh e me n t de s ire w it h t h e af rma t iv e , o r fi d re ad w it h t h e n e ga

t iv e ; a
g (fi
a s, mit nJgl t mél s a 0 t ha t h e
) g o n o t (b
y h is

o w n de s ire ) !a
3 (
L T 51mi n
g l t m l
t sl n
) 0 t h a t h e g o n o t ( if

my w is h p re vail
)
W ith an imp e rat iv e , Al; l (h é lé ) e x p re s se s an in v itat io n or a

c h all e n ge ,
as ,
o f o O

(h e lé al
g ) c o me a lo n
g .
U) “L;
0 a

«
I

( é lé
h

gal s ln)
j u st let h im o n ly co me

A rab ic p h ras e s a re o ft e n u se d as in te rj e c t io n s , ge ne rally


0 I
'
J ul o
‘ 1 ; 0 J
r n ame s me e l
a ft e r
l i 1111 ( k k -
p ro
p e ,
as ,

mfi k é rré mé, k é rré md h a l lal111



t aa la)

-
M ekk a the Ven era ted ,
1 0 )

w hich may G o d, w ho be ex a lte d, c au s e to b e ven e ra ted

3 56 5 0” 2 J u d

F
) 0 ys , o

x 1L U- 12
1 1 z , 1 ; a ,

11
la g n
-
AJS gfl l
-
J/ w a g i
g 19 1 11 A
U L
JJ r 4
0 ”0 5 10

ll l H is M aj cha mp io n
rb c es ty, th e o
f the f a ith , S u lt a n

S e l im K ha n, t he s h a do w s f
o w ho s e c le me n cy may G o d sp rea d

o ver the c ro w n s o f t he he a d s f man k in d


o ,
so lo ng as t he mo n ths

re
p ea t t hems el ves an d t he yea rs ren ew thems el ves !

F INI S .
I N D E X .

A .
A lp h ab e t , S e mit ic, G re e k , an d L a t i n ,

A ccid e nc e p 5 1 , . . S yn o p s is o f 4 , .

A c t iv e p art icipl e s ,
100, 105 . A o is t ac t ive p a t ic ipl e 100—102
r r , .

ao ris t, 100 -
102 . A o is t p as s iv e p a t ic ipl e 103
r r , .

fu t u r e ,
100, 101 . A o ris t t e n s e 100 ,
.

n p t 100 101 as , , . c o nd itio n al 109 , .

pe fe c t r , in d ic at iv e 107 , .

11 p e e n t 100 101
r s , , . n e c e s it at iv e 108 s , .

c v e v erb 92
A ti , .
o p t a t iv e 109 , .

z 1 0 , a

A d d e n du m o n BM 193
A . A pp o s it io n 160 , .

'

A dj c t iv al e xp e s s o n s 7 2
e r i , . A rab ic ac t iv e p a t c p l e s (n o m n r 1 1 e

A dje c t iv e s 6 1 68— 7 4
, , 1. a gen ti s
) , 5 9, 6 1, 6 2 .

A ab ic 6 1 6 9
r , ,
. A rab ic ad je ct iv l e xp e i n 72
a r ss o s, .

P e s ian 6 8 7 0—72
r , , . a dje c t iv e s,

C o mp o n d 7 0 2 u adve b 7 3 r s,

S
-
, .

yn t a x o f 168 b k e n pl l 5 5 — 60
ro u ra s ,

h
. .
,

T k is ur68 6 9 7 3 4 , , ,
-
. c h pt e a f d e iv t i n 5 7
rs o r a o , ,

A d ve b ial e xp e s s i n s 15 4
r r o , . 62 64 .

A d v e b s A ra b ic 7 3
r Arab ic d imin u t iv e s, 6 0, 6 7
S
.
, , .
Q

yn t ax o f 182 irr g u e l pl ar l
u ra s , 5 5 - 60
h
. .
,

T kis 7 3 ur , . no n u of i ns t ru m ent an d

Affi rma t iv e v e b 92 r re c e p t acl e 60


y
.
, . ,

A lp h ab e t b fo rms 2 , . A rab ic n o u n of k in d or mann e r,

N u me ral 3 60
S
. .
,

e mitic G ree k an d L a , , ’9 pl ce a of a b n danc e


u ,

t in , 3 . 60 .
19 6 I ND E X . 1

A ra i b c n o un of t im e an d pl ac e , 60 . C mpl e x f ct i n l n mb e 80
o ra o a u rs , .

u n it y , 60 . C mp n d Pe i n Adje c tiv e 7 0
o ou rs a s, .

A ra i b c o din al s 7 8
r , . Ve b 148 r s, .

p a s iv e p a t ic ipl es r (n om en 9, A c t iv e 14 9 , .

p a ti e n t is )
, 5 9 , 6 1, 6 2 .
n n I u t ran s it ive , 149 .

A rab ic pl u ra s , l 55 .
n
Pas iv e 149 s , .

i rr gul ar, 5 5—6 0


e .
n T an s it iv e 149
r ,
.

eg l
r u ar, 55 .
C n dit i n l m d 100
o o a oo , .

Ar a i bc q u a dr il it e l ra ro o t s , 65 .
C nj g t i n 99
o u a o ,
.

r eg l pl u ar u ra s , l 55 .
C mb in e d (t e T k o ru ur

su b t an t iv e s 5 3 5 4
s , , .
is h ), 133 .

t il it e a l ro t s 5 6
r r o , . C nj g t i n l t
o u a o a ro o ,
96 .

v e rb al n o n s (n o men v e u rb i
) C nj nc t i n 15 6 o s,

S yn
, o u .

5 8, 6 1- 2 . ta x of ,
185 .

C n n nt
o so a s, 15 .

B .
H ard, 4 7
e vit y C nv e
.

Br , o rs a t io n al ,
~
158 . M v ent o , 31, 32 te r,

B ro k e n (1rre gu l a r )pl u ral ,


—60 . 33 t er .

C n n n t Ne
o so a s, u t ra l ,
48 .

Q ui s e c e nt 27

S
x
.
,, ,
0 .

o ft , 47
y
.

C din l n
ar a e 74 7 u mb rs , - .
C nv e
o rs a t io n a l b e vi t r , 15 8 .

C t e g ie
a or f ve b 99
s o r s, .

C m pl e x o ,

C t eg y Fi t C m pl e x 1 19 120
a or rs o

S ec n d D
.
, , ,
.

119 12 5 o , .

S im pl e f v e b 99 1 19 o r s, D te
a s of do cu me n t s &c 81
T h i d C m pl e x 119 1 29
. .
, , ,
.
,

r o , , . De cl in at io n o f D e mo n s t at ive s 88 r ,
.

C l g e n d l ik e l c t i n 113
au s a ru -
o u o , . I n t e o g at v e s 89 rr i , .

C t iv e v e b 9 3
au s a r ,
. Nou ns 5 1 , .

C m p d 15 0 o ou n , . P e rs n al Pro n o u n s o ,

C l e d yll bl e 2 7
os s a , . 82 .

C mbin e d (t e T k i h ) C nj g
o ru ur s o u a De fe c t iv e Ve b 98 r s, .

n 133
t io ,
. D e m n t t iv e P n n
o s ra ro ou s, 88 .

C o m pl e x C at ego rie s of Ve b r , 99, D e iv t i n f V e b


r a 92o o r s, .

1 19 . D e t e min t e V e b 93
r a r , .
1 98 I NDEX .

I .

I den t it y of Se mit ic , G r eek an d Med d 2 4 —2 6


M n t h S ign f i d t e
.
, ,

L t in Alph b et s 3
a a , . o s, s o r, n a s, 81 .

I m p e t iv e M o o d 100
ra , . M d 100
oo s, .

I mp e fe ct T en s e 100
r , . M d C n diti n l 100
oo , o o a ,
.

in dicat iv e 107 , . I m p e t iv e ra ,

I mp t e t ial V e b s 92
o n r ,
. I n d ic t iv e a ,

C m p o n d 15 0 o u , I nfin it iv e ,

I n d e fin it e n m e l s (p n o u n s ) 80
u ra ro , Ne ce it t iv e ss a ,

I n d e t e m in t e V e b 93
r a r s, . O p t t iv e a ,

I n d ic at iv e M o d 100 o , .

I nfinitiv e M o o d 100
S
,
.

yn t x o f 179 a , .

I n t e jec t io n s 15 7
r N m e f L ett e
a s o rs , 1, 10—14
S
. .
,

yn t x o f 191 a , . Ne c e it t iv e M
ss a o o d, 100 .

I n t e o gat io n 15 1
rr ,
. Neg t iv e V e b
a r s, 92 .

I n t e o gat iv e P n o n 89
rr ro u s, . C om pou n d ,

V e b s 15 1 r ,
. Ne t e V e b 97
u r r s, .

I n t n s it iv e V e b 92
ra r s, . Ne t l c n n n t
u ra o so a s, 48 .

C o m po u n d ,
v w el 4 8 o s, .

N n A dje c t ive 68
ou ,
.

J .
A rab ic , 6 8, 69
n .

Ju nc t io nal L ett ers , 9 .


Pe rs ia n ,
68 .

C o m po u n d 7 0 , .

S yn t a x o f, 16 8

h
.

L ette rs , 1 T u rk is , 68 .

Ju nc t io n al 9 S u b s t a n t iv e 51
Syn
.
, .
,

N me a s of t h e , 1 , 10— 14 . ta x of ,
161 .

N o n -Ju nc t io n al , 9 V e b al r -
5
Syn
. .
,

of p
n gat i n 17
ro l o o , . ta x o f 17 9 ,
.

o f t h e A lp h b e t 1 a N u m be rs an d pe r s o n s o f ve b s r 115
lph b e
.
, . ,

R dic al 30 31
a , , . N u m e lAra t 3 a ,
.

R e d pl ic at e d 2 9 30 32
u N u m e l 7 4 — 82
ra s ,

S
. .
, , ,

e rvil e 2 8 30 31 , , , . C di l A bic ar na , ra ,

L o c t io n s G e u n d l ik e 110—115
u ,
r -
,
. Persia n , 74 7 -
.
I N D EX .
19 9

N u me l C di l T k i h
ra s , ar na ,
ur s , 74 6 - . Pa s t fu t u re t e n s e 100 ,
.

D i t ib t iv e 7 8 s r u , .
Pas t fu t u r e in dic at iv e 100 108 , ,
.

Frac t io n al 79 ,
Pas t t e n s e 100
,
.

I n de fin it e 80 , .
in d ic at iv e 107 , .

I nt e rro gat ive 7 6 ,


.
P e cu l iar T u rkis h n u me al s 80 r , .

re l at iv e s 9 1
O rdin al A ra b ic 7 8 , , . , .

P ers ian 7 8 ,
.
P erfe ct ac t iv e p art icip l e 100 101 , , .

T rk is h 7 7 u , .
P erfe c t t e n s e 100
,
.

T u k is h P e c l iar 80 u in d ic at iv e 107

S
r
.
. ,
,

yn t ax o f 170 ,
.
v erb al n o n 103 u , .

P ermi s s iv e v e b s 9 3
r , .

0 .
P e s ian adje c t iv e s 6 8 70 2
r , ,
-
.

C o mp o u n d 70-2 , .

Op e n yll bl e 2 7
s a s, .

P ers ian dimin u t ive 67 , .

O p t t iv e M d 100 oo
a ,
.

l et t e rs 2 13
2 8—33
, ,

O t h g ph ic ign
r o ra 15 s s, ,
.

p l u ral s o f n o u n s 5 4 .
,

s b s t an t iv e s 5 3 5 4
u , , .

P .
P e rs o n al pro n o u n s 82
h
.
,

P art icipl e s 100 P o n e t ic v al u e s o f le t ters —5 0


h
. .
, ,

)3
A c t iv e ,
100—105 .
P o n e t ic v al u e s o f v o w e l s 17 48 5 0 , ,
-

3,
A o ris t , 100, 102 .
Pl u p erfe c t t e n s e 100 , .

F u tu r e , in d icat iv e 108 ,
.

G en e l ra , 100 .
Plu ral o f n o u n s Arab ic irre gu lar
, ,

P as t i oo , , 5 5 —60 .

P erfe ct 100,101 , . Pl u ral o f no u n s , Ara ib c regul ar , 55 .

Pre s e nt 100 2 -
P e s ian 5 4r

h
.
n , ,
.

P a s s iv e , 101, 103, 105 . T u rk is , 51 .

A o ris t , 103 . Po s s e s s iv e p ro n o n s u ,
83-8 .

F ut ur e 103 Po t e n t ial v erb s


Sy n
.
, ,

x o f 178 ta C mp n d o ou 15 0
h
. .
, ,

T w e nt y e ig t 101 -
, . Pre c is io n in w rit in g 15 8 , .

Pas s iv e p art icipl e s 101 103 105 Pre p o s it io n s 15 6


S
. .
, , , ,

v e b 92 r , . yn t ax o f 184 , .

C o mp o u n d 149 , . Pre s e n t ac t iv e p a tic ipl e 100 2 r ,


- .

v e b al adje c t iv e 104
r ,
.
0
t e n s e 100,
.

P as t ac tiv e part ic ipl e 100 101 , , . in dicat iv e 106 , .


2 00 ‘
I ND E X .

P res e n t t e n s e infin itiv e 110 S n


ig s nh e
fo r t h e m o t s in d at s, 81
S pl e C e y Ve b —
. .
,

v e b al n o n 103
r u , . im at go r of r s, 99 119 .

P ro l o n gat io n L e tt e rs o f 17 ve b r s, 93
S cn nn
. .
, ,

Pro n o u n 82 o ft o v el
so a ts an d ow s, 48
S b n ve
.
.
,

Dem o n s trat ive 88 u s ta ti s, 51


S yn x
. .
,

I n de fin it e (nu meral ) 80 ta o f, I GL
Syll b y
.

I n t e rro gat iv e 89 a ar No 1 an d N o 2 , 17
Syll ble cl e
. .
, . , .

P e s o n al 82 a p en
s, os d and o 27
Sy p S e c eek
r , . ,
.

P o s s e s s iv e 83—88 , .
no s is of mit i , Gr an d

Re l at iv e 9 0 L n lph be
at i A a ts , 4

Syn x
.
.
,

P e cu l iar Tu rkis h , ta ,
158 .

o f ad je c t iv e 168 s, .

o f dv e b 182
a r s, .

Q .
o f c nj nc t i n 185
o u o s, .

Q d e iv ed f
r ro m (3 , Q 4, 8, 40 . o f ge n d 181 ru s, .

Q u ie c e nc e
s , s ig n o f, 19, 2 8 .
o f infin it ive 17 9 , .

o f in t e je c t i n 19 1
r o s, .

o f n me l u 17 0
ra s , .

R
f p t ic ipl e 17 8
.

o ar s, .

Ra d ic al l e t t e s 30 31 r , , . o f p e p it i n 184
r os o s, .

R ec ip o c a l v e rb s 93
r
,
. of pro n o n s 173 u , .

C mp n d 150 o ou . o f s b s t an t iv e s 16 1
u ,
.
,

Re d pl ic t e d l e t t e
u a 2 9 30 32 rs , , , . o f v e b al n o n s 17 9
r u , .

R e fl e x iv e v e b 98 r , . o f v e rb s 174 , .

R t f c j g t n 96
oo o on u a io ,
.

t e n e 106 115 s , , .
T .

S .
T abl e o f v erb al d eri vat io n , 94-5
T e n s e s , 100 104 106—110
.

Scn y
.
, ,

e o d C mpl e x C t eg
o a or of V r s, eb A o ri s tc o n dit io n al 109 , .

1 19, 12 5 . i n dic a t iv e 107 , .

S ec n d pe
o rs o n plu ral 118 , . n e c e s s it at iv e 108 , .

s in g u l ar 1 16 o p t t iv e 109

S
, . a ,
.

erv il e l e tt ers 2 8 30 31 Fo mat io n o f t h e


r

S
, , , . ,

ig n o f q ie s c e nc e 19 2 8
u , , .
M
F u t u re imp e at iv e 100 r ,
i.

re du pl ic a t io n 24 , 26 . in dic at iv e 108 , .
2 02 I N D EX .

Ve b o f E x is t e nc e N o n E x is t e nce
r ,
-
, V eblN n r a ou s, F u t ur e , 104 .

P e s e nc e o r Ab e nce 147
r ,
s , . G en e l ra ,
103 .

V erb Pas s iv e 92
, , . P e fe c t r , 103 .

C o mp o u n d 149 P e e nt
r s 103
Sy n
. .
, ,

P ermi s iv e 9 3 s , . ta x of ,
17 9 .

P o t e nt ial 141 2 ,
-
. Vo w el s, 15 .

C o m p o n d 150 u , . D i e c ting
r , 27 .

Re cipro c al 93 , . H ard , 48 .

C o m po n d 150 u ,
. e e
L tt rs , 15 , 16 .

R e fl e x iv e 98 Lo ng 17 , b i s
S
. .
, ,

impl e 9 3 Ne u t ra l 48

S y
.
,
. ,

impl e C at eg o r o f 99— 119 P o in t s 15 , 16

S Sh
.
,
. ,

b s t an t iv e 144 o rt , 16 , 17

S S
u ,
.
.

yn t ax o f 17 4 , . o ft , 48 .

T an s it iv e 92
r ,
.

C o mp o n d 149 u
W
.
H ,
.

Ve b al adje ct iv e p as s iv e 104
r , .

d e ivat io n 92
r ,
. Writ t e n digit s , 81 .

T abl e o f 94 ,
. s ig ns fo r mo t n h s in date s ,

No u n s 99 103—105 , ,
.

as a v o w e l , 17 , 2 3, 2 6 , 2 7 .

n u me ral, 4 .

c o n s o n an t, 23 .
IN D EX .
2 03

—ll 2
I o f

do g a

a ) o r

I f

I C a l l

6 1
:
Jim} 5 7

57 .


'

ug
ss .

56 .

00 ,

0 JO f
i
u lta 16 7 .

J
3;
0 ) l
0 ,

(s ing

$ 1 20 .

0 3 0 )

[
J 20 .
204 I N D EX .


Q
A
O I I ,

b 5G 16 1
i
.

L ) Ls r
a .

L5
. 111 5 6
. . 53
11 16 4 .

15 1— 15 3
6 ,
l
.

1 7 , /br o "
c l a I J ' )
i

L9
1.2
1 16 4
J c o n s o n an t, 23 ; v o w e l, 17 , 2 0 .

I f
. 29 .

r
88» Jr 89 °

in A dde ndu m, 193 ,

,
L , 53 , a c o n s o n an t , v o w e l,

a 19— 23 nu me ral, 4 .

J” 5 6, 5 7
10, 30— 33
. 0 0 1

.
o o

57 17 ;
c o n so n an t , 15 ; v o w e l,
'

15

n u me ral , 4
a 3
;
s 57 .
.

L5 p ro n o u n ce d as w h en fi n al ,

L3
1: All» 5 7 .
10
1 .

L5 , Q ,
o riginal o f our le t te r 14 7 .

Q q 4 a 8;,450 °
10 .

a i)
;
h 76 16
(w e n ce fi fl .
°

G
20 .

K as a co n u n c tio n, j 187 —190 .


16 .

20 .

16 .

20 .

28 .

29 .

30—4 fi 1

16 1 . 16 6 .

L o do n n G lb ert : i Rvn n
i i gto . Limite d, S t Jo h n .

s Sq .
, C le k en w ll Road
r e .
PLEAS E D O NO T R EM O VE

C AR D S O R S LI PS FRO M THI S P O C KET

UNI VE R S I TY O F TO RO NT O LI BR AR Y

Вам также может понравиться